A preliminary study of maximal control force capability of female pilots.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

1972-07-01

The growing number of female pilots entering the field of civil aviation has suggested the need for a study of the maximum allowable forces which should be specified for operating aircraft controls. : Therefore, a study was made of the maximal volunt...

Delay Analysis and Optimization of Bandwidth Request under Unicast Polling in IEEE 802.16e over Gilbert-Elliot Error Channel

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hwang, Eunju; Kim, Kyung Jae; Roijers, Frank; Choi, Bong Dae

In the centralized polling mode in IEEE 802.16e, a base station (BS) polls mobile stations (MSs) for bandwidth reservation in one of three polling modes; unicast, multicast, or broadcast pollings. In unicast polling, the BS polls each individual MS to allow to transmit a bandwidth request packet. This paper presents an analytical model for the unicast polling of bandwidth request in IEEE 802.16e networks over Gilbert-Elliot error channel. We derive the probability distribution for the delay of bandwidth requests due to wireless transmission errors and find the loss probability of request packets due to finite retransmission attempts. By using the delay distribution and the loss probability, we optimize the number of polling slots within a frame and the maximum retransmission number while satisfying QoS on the total loss probability which combines two losses: packet loss due to the excess of maximum retransmission and delay outage loss due to the maximum tolerable delay bound. In addition, we obtain the utilization of polling slots, which is defined as the ratio of the number of polling slots used for the MS's successful transmission to the total number of polling slots used by the MS over a long run time. Analysis results are shown to well match with simulation results. Numerical results give examples of the optimal number of polling slots within a frame and the optimal maximum retransmission number depending on delay bounds, the number of MSs, and the channel conditions.

50 CFR 92.11 - Regional management areas.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

..., numbers of subsistence users, and other management data and traditional knowledge for the benefit of the... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 9 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Regional management areas. 92.11 Section... Regional management areas. (a) Regions identified. To allow for maximum participation by residents of...

50 CFR 92.11 - Regional management areas.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

..., numbers of subsistence users, and other management data and traditional knowledge for the benefit of the... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 9 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Regional management areas. 92.11 Section... Regional management areas. (a) Regions identified. To allow for maximum participation by residents of...

50 CFR 92.11 - Regional management areas.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

..., numbers of subsistence users, and other management data and traditional knowledge for the benefit of the... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 9 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Regional management areas. 92.11 Section... Regional management areas. (a) Regions identified. To allow for maximum participation by residents of...

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces. 230... Boilers and Appurtenances Allowable Stress § 230.25 Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... ASSISTANCE STATE AND LOCAL ASSISTANCE Grants for Construction of Treatment Works § 35.2205 Maximum allowable... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

46 CFR 64.53 - Information plate for MPTs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... name. (3) Date of manufacture. (4) Serial number of tank. (5) Maximum allowable working pressure in psig. (6) Test pressure in psig. (7) External-pressure rating in psig. (8) Total capacity in gallons... 122 °F. (12) Date of hydrostatic test. [CGD 84-043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] ...

75 FR 49551 - Petition for Waiver of Compliance

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2010-08-13

... below. Docket Number FRA-1998-4821 Applicant: Mr. Timothy R. Luhm, Canadian National, Manager S&C, 17641 South Ashland Avenue, Homewood, Illinois 60430. The Canadian National (CN) seeks an extension for an... expire on April 25, 2011. In addition to the extension, CN requests that the allowable maximum authorized...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

Challenges of Video-Conferencing Teaching and Effective Teaching Methods

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fitzgibbon, Paula

2003-01-01

Higher educational institutions are increasingly called upon to make cost-cutting decisions in the types of courses offered, the maximum number of students allowed per section and course delivery modes. Lever (1992) says that this "doing more with less" is one of the core challenges facing community colleges and universities. All of us…

77 FR 22387 - Pipeline Safety: Information Collection Activities, Revision to Gas Transmission and Gathering...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-04-13

... post- construction hydrostatic test of at least 1.25 times the maximum allowable operating pressure... a post-construction hydrostatic pressure test of at least 125% of the MAOP, and total miles of... approved under OMB control number 2137- 0522 and the hazardous liquid accident report is approved under OMB...

40 CFR 1037.525 - Special procedures for testing hybrid vehicles with power take-off.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... of this section to allow testing hybrid vehicles other than electric-battery hybrids, consistent with... model, use good engineering judgment to select the vehicle type with the maximum number of PTO circuits... as needed to stabilize the battery at a full state of charge. For electric hybrid vehicles, we...

Maximum likelihood inference implies a high, not a low, ancestral haploid chromosome number in Araceae, with a critique of the bias introduced by ‘x’

PubMed Central

Cusimano, Natalie; Sousa, Aretuza; Renner, Susanne S.

2012-01-01

Background and Aims For 84 years, botanists have relied on calculating the highest common factor for series of haploid chromosome numbers to arrive at a so-called basic number, x. This was done without consistent (reproducible) reference to species relationships and frequencies of different numbers in a clade. Likelihood models that treat polyploidy, chromosome fusion and fission as events with particular probabilities now allow reconstruction of ancestral chromosome numbers in an explicit framework. We have used a modelling approach to reconstruct chromosome number change in the large monocot family Araceae and to test earlier hypotheses about basic numbers in the family. Methods Using a maximum likelihood approach and chromosome counts for 26 % of the 3300 species of Araceae and representative numbers for each of the other 13 families of Alismatales, polyploidization events and single chromosome changes were inferred on a genus-level phylogenetic tree for 113 of the 117 genera of Araceae. Key Results The previously inferred basic numbers x = 14 and x = 7 are rejected. Instead, maximum likelihood optimization revealed an ancestral haploid chromosome number of n = 16, Bayesian inference of n = 18. Chromosome fusion (loss) is the predominant inferred event, whereas polyploidization events occurred less frequently and mainly towards the tips of the tree. Conclusions The bias towards low basic numbers (x) introduced by the algebraic approach to inferring chromosome number changes, prevalent among botanists, may have contributed to an unrealistic picture of ancestral chromosome numbers in many plant clades. The availability of robust quantitative methods for reconstructing ancestral chromosome numbers on molecular phylogenetic trees (with or without branch length information), with confidence statistics, makes the calculation of x an obsolete approach, at least when applied to large clades. PMID:22210850

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

49 CFR Appendix A to Part 213 - Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds A Appendix A to...—Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds Table 1—Three Inches Unbalance [Elevation of outer rail (inches)] Degree of curvature 0 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 51/2 6 (12) Maximum allowable operating speed (mph...

49 CFR Appendix A to Part 213 - Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds A Appendix A to...—Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds Table 1—Three Inches Unbalance [Elevation of outer rail (inches)] Degree of curvature 0 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 51/2 6 (12) Maximum allowable operating speed (mph...

32 CFR 842.35 - Depreciation and maximum allowances.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 32 National Defense 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Depreciation and maximum allowances. 842.35... LITIGATION ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS Personnel Claims (31 U.S.C. 3701, 3721) § 842.35 Depreciation and maximum allowances. The military services have jointly established the “Allowance List-Depreciation Guide” to...

Maximum inflation of the type 1 error rate when sample size and allocation rate are adapted in a pre-planned interim look.

PubMed

Graf, Alexandra C; Bauer, Peter

2011-06-30

We calculate the maximum type 1 error rate of the pre-planned conventional fixed sample size test for comparing the means of independent normal distributions (with common known variance) which can be yielded when sample size and allocation rate to the treatment arms can be modified in an interim analysis. Thereby it is assumed that the experimenter fully exploits knowledge of the unblinded interim estimates of the treatment effects in order to maximize the conditional type 1 error rate. The 'worst-case' strategies require knowledge of the unknown common treatment effect under the null hypothesis. Although this is a rather hypothetical scenario it may be approached in practice when using a standard control treatment for which precise estimates are available from historical data. The maximum inflation of the type 1 error rate is substantially larger than derived by Proschan and Hunsberger (Biometrics 1995; 51:1315-1324) for design modifications applying balanced samples before and after the interim analysis. Corresponding upper limits for the maximum type 1 error rate are calculated for a number of situations arising from practical considerations (e.g. restricting the maximum sample size, not allowing sample size to decrease, allowing only increase in the sample size in the experimental treatment). The application is discussed for a motivating example. Copyright © 2011 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

A multistage approach to improve performance of computer-aided detection of pulmonary embolisms depicted on CT images: preliminary investigation.

PubMed

Park, Sang Cheol; Chapman, Brian E; Zheng, Bin

2011-06-01

This study developed a computer-aided detection (CAD) scheme for pulmonary embolism (PE) detection and investigated several approaches to improve CAD performance. In the study, 20 computed tomography examinations with various lung diseases were selected, which include 44 verified PE lesions. The proposed CAD scheme consists of five basic steps: 1) lung segmentation; 2) PE candidate extraction using an intensity mask and tobogganing region growing; 3) PE candidate feature extraction; 4) false-positive (FP) reduction using an artificial neural network (ANN); and 5) a multifeature-based k-nearest neighbor for positive/negative classification. In this study, we also investigated the following additional methods to improve CAD performance: 1) grouping 2-D detected features into a single 3-D object; 2) selecting features with a genetic algorithm (GA); and 3) limiting the number of allowed suspicious lesions to be cued in one examination. The results showed that 1) CAD scheme using tobogganing, an ANN, and grouping method achieved the maximum detection sensitivity of 79.2%; 2) the maximum scoring method achieved the superior performance over other scoring fusion methods; 3) GA was able to delete "redundant" features and further improve CAD performance; and 4) limiting the maximum number of cued lesions in an examination reduced FP rate by 5.3 times. Combining these approaches, CAD scheme achieved 63.2% detection sensitivity with 18.4 FP lesions per examination. The study suggested that performance of CAD schemes for PE detection depends on many factors that include 1) optimizing the 2-D region grouping and scoring methods; 2) selecting the optimal feature set; and 3) limiting the number of allowed cueing lesions per examination.

42 CFR 457.555 - Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted low-income children in families with income...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... maximum amount of $11.35 for services furnished in a hospital emergency room if those services are not... 42 Public Health 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted... Requirements: Enrollee Financial Responsibilities § 457.555 Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... plastic pipelines. 192.619 Section 192.619 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

Indirect addressing and load balancing for faster solution to Mandelbrot Set on SIMD architectures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tomboulian, Sherryl

1989-01-01

SIMD computers with local indirect addressing allow programs to have queues and buffers, making certain kinds of problems much more efficient. Examined here are a class of problems characterized by computations on data points where the computation is identical, but the convergence rate is data dependent. Normally, in this situation, the algorithm time is governed by the maximum number of iterations required by each point. Using indirect addressing allows a processor to proceed to the next data point when it is done, reducing the overall number of iterations required to approach the mean convergence rate when a sufficiently large problem set is solved. Load balancing techniques can be applied for additional performance improvement. Simulations of this technique applied to solving Mandelbrot Sets indicate significant performance gains.

Optimal Shapes of Surface Slip Driven Self-Propelled Microswimmers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vilfan, Andrej

2012-09-01

We study the efficiency of self-propelled swimmers at low Reynolds numbers, assuming that the local energetic cost of maintaining a propulsive surface slip velocity is proportional to the square of that velocity. We determine numerically the optimal shape of a swimmer such that the total power is minimal while maintaining the volume and the swimming speed. The resulting shape depends strongly on the allowed maximum curvature. When sufficient curvature is allowed the optimal swimmer exhibits two protrusions along the symmetry axis. The results show that prolate swimmers such as Paramecium have an efficiency that is ˜20% higher than that of a spherical body, whereas some microorganisms have shapes that allow even higher efficiency.

14 CFR 23.1583 - Operating limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

...) The maximum zero wing fuel weight, where relevant, as established in accordance with § 23.343. (d... passenger seating configuration. The maximum passenger seating configuration. (k) Allowable lateral fuel loading. The maximum allowable lateral fuel loading differential, if less than the maximum possible. (l...

Priority arbitration mechanism

DOEpatents

Garmire, Derrick L [Kingston, NY; Herring, Jay R [Poughkeepsie, NY; Stunkel, Craig B [Bethel, CT

2007-03-06

A method is provided for selecting a data source for transmission on one of several logical (virtual) lanes embodied in a single physical connection. Lanes are assigned to either a high priority class or to a low priority class. One of six conditions is employed to determine when re-arbitration of lane priorities is desired. When this occurs a next source for transmission is selected based on a the specification of the maximum number of high priority packets that can be sent after a lower priority transmission has been interrupted. Alternatively, a next source for transmission is selected based on a the specification of the maximum number of high priority packets that can be sent while a lower priority packet is waiting. If initialized correctly, the arbiter keeps all of the packets of a high priority packet contiguous, while allowing lower priority packets to be interrupted by the higher priority packets, but not to the point of starvation of the lower priority packets.

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating speed. 174.86 Section... operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in § 173.247 of this subchapter, the maximum allowable operating speed may not exceed 24 km/hour (15 mph...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating speed. 174.86 Section... operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in § 173.247 of this subchapter, the maximum allowable operating speed may not exceed 24 km/hour (15 mph...

42 CFR 84.97 - Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. 84.97 Section 84.97 Public Health PUBLIC HEALTH... ACTIVITIES APPROVAL OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE DEVICES Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus § 84.97 Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. (a) Open...

42 CFR 84.97 - Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. 84.97 Section 84.97 Public Health PUBLIC HEALTH... ACTIVITIES APPROVAL OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE DEVICES Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus § 84.97 Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. (a) Open...

Energy Approach-Based Simulation of Structural Materials High-Cycle Fatigue

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Balayev, A. F.; Korolev, A. V.; Kochetkov, A. V.; Sklyarova, A. I.; Zakharov, O. V.

2016-02-01

The paper describes the mechanism of micro-cracks development in solid structural materials based on the theory of brittle fracture. A probability function of material cracks energy distribution is obtained using a probabilistic approach. The paper states energy conditions for cracks growth at material high-cycle loading. A formula allowing to calculate the amount of energy absorbed during the cracks growth is given. The paper proposes a high- cycle fatigue evaluation criterion allowing to determine the maximum permissible number of solid body loading cycles, at which micro-cracks start growing rapidly up to destruction.

Trends in Medicare Part D Medication Therapy Management Eligibility Criteria

PubMed Central

Wang, Junling; Shih, Ya-Chen Tina; Qin, Yolanda; Young, Theo; Thomas, Zachary; Spivey, Christina A.; Solomon, David K.; Chisholm-Burns, Marie

2015-01-01

Background To increase the enrollment rate of medication therapy management (MTM) programs in Medicare Part D plans, the US Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) lowered the allowable eligibility thresholds based on the number of chronic diseases and Part D drugs for Medicare Part D plans for 2010 and after. However, an increase in MTM enrollment rates has not been realized. Objectives To describe trends in MTM eligibility thresholds used by Medicare Part D plans and to identify patterns that may hinder enrollment in MTM programs. Methods This study analyzed data extracted from the Medicare Part D MTM Programs Fact Sheets (2008–2014). The annual percentages of utilizing each threshold value of the number of chronic diseases and Part D drugs, as well as other aspects of MTM enrollment practices, were analyzed among Medicare MTM programs that were established by Medicare Part D plans. Results For 2010 and after, increased proportions of Medicare Part D plans set their eligibility thresholds at the maximum numbers allowable. For example, in 2008, 48.7% of Medicare Part D plans (N = 347:712) opened MTM enrollment to Medicare beneficiaries with only 2 chronic disease states (specific diseases varied between plans), whereas the other half restricted enrollment to patients with a minimum of 3 to 5 chronic disease states. After 2010, only approximately 20% of plans opened their MTM enrollment to patients with 2 chronic disease states, with the remaining 80% restricting enrollment to patients with 3 or more chronic diseases. Conclusion The policy change by CMS for 2010 and after is associated with increased proportions of plans setting their MTM eligibility thresholds at the maximum numbers allowable. Changes to the eligibility thresholds by Medicare Part D plans might have acted as a barrier for increased MTM enrollment. Thus, CMS may need to identify alternative strategies to increase MTM enrollment in Medicare plans. PMID:26380030

The maximum contraceptive prevalence ‘demand curve’: guiding discussions on programmatic investments

PubMed Central

Weinberger, Michelle; Sonneveldt, Emily; Stover, John

2017-01-01

Most frameworks for family planning include both access and demand interventions. Understanding how these two are linked and when each should be prioritized is difficult. The maximum contraceptive prevalence ‘demand curve’ was created based on a relationship between the modern contraceptive prevalence rate (mCPR) and mean ideal number of children to allow for a quantitative assessment of the balance between access and demand interventions. The curve represents the maximum mCPR that is likely to be seen given fertility intentions and related norms and constructs that influence contraceptive use. The gap between a country’s mCPR and this maximum is referred to as the ‘potential use gap.’ This concept can be used by countries to prioritize access investments where the gap is large, and discuss implications for future contraceptive use where the gap is small. It is also used within the FP Goals model to ensure mCPR growth from access interventions does not exceed available demand. PMID:29355228

On the morphological instability of a bubble during inertia-controlled growth

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Martyushev, L. M.; Birzina, A. I.; Soboleva, A. S.

2018-06-01

The morphological stability of a spherical bubble growing under inertia control is analyzed. Based on the comparison of entropy productions for a distorted and undistorted surface and using the maximum entropy production principle, the morphological instability of the bubble under arbitrary amplitude distortions is shown. This result allows explaining a number of experiments where the surface roughness of bubbles was observed during their explosive-type growth.

On defining a unique phylogenetic tree with homoplastic characters.

PubMed

Goloboff, Pablo A; Wilkinson, Mark

2018-05-01

This paper discusses the problem of whether creating a matrix with all the character state combinations that have a fixed number of steps (or extra steps) on a given tree T, produces the same tree T when analyzed with maximum parsimony or maximum likelihood. Exhaustive enumeration of cases up to 20 taxa for binary characters, and up to 12 taxa for 4-state characters, shows that the same tree is recovered (as unique most likely or most parsimonious tree) as long as the number of extra steps is within 1/4 of the number of taxa. This dependence, 1/4 of the number of taxa, is discussed with a general argumentation, in terms of the spread of the character changes on the tree used to select character state distributions. The present finding allows creating matrices which have as much homoplasy as possible for the most parsimonious or likely tree to be predictable, and examination of these matrices with hill-climbing search algorithms provides additional evidence on the (lack of a) necessary relationship between homoplasy and the ability of search methods to find optimal trees. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Interaction of vortex ring with a stratified finite thickness interface

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Advaith, S.; Manu, K. V.; Tinaikar, Aashay; Chetia, Utpal Kumar; Basu, Saptarshi

2017-09-01

This work experimentally investigates the dynamics of interaction between a propagating vortex ring and density stratified interface of finite thickness. The flow evolution has been quantified using a high speed shadowgraph technique and particle image velocimetry. The spatial and temporal behaviours of the vortex in the near and far field of the interface and the plume structure formed due to buoyancy are investigated systematically by varying the vortex strength (Reynolds number, Re) and the degree of stratification (Atwood number, At). Maximum penetration length (Lpmax) of the vortex ring through the interface is measured over a range of Reynolds (1350 ≤ Re ≤ 4600) and Richardson (0.1 ≤ Ri ≤ 4) numbers. It is found that for low Froude number values, the maximum penetration length varies linearly with the Froude number as in the study of Orlandi et al. ["Vortex rings descending in a stratified fluid," Phys. Fluids 10, 2819-2827 (1998)]. However, for high Reynolds and Richardson numbers (Ri), anomalous behaviour in maximum penetration is observed. The Lpmax value is used to characterize the vortex-interface interactions into non-penetrative, partially-penetrative, and extensively penetrative regimes. Flow visualization revealed the occurrence of short-wavelength instability of a plume structure, particularly in a partially penetrative regime. Fluid motion exhibits chaotic behaviour in an extensively penetrative regime. Detailed analyses of plume structure propagation are performed by measuring the plume length and plume rise. Appropriate scaling for the plume length and plume rise is derived, which allows universal collapse of the data for different flow conditions. Some information concerning the instability of the plume structure and decay of the vortex ring is obtained using proper orthogonal decomposition.

Using State Child Labor Laws to Identify the Causal Effect of Youth Employment on Deviant Behavior and Academic Achievement

PubMed Central

Bushway, Shawn D.; Paternoster, Raymond; Brame, Robert; Sweeten, Gary

2013-01-01

On the basis of prior research findings that employed youth, and especially intensively employed youth, have higher rates of delinquent behavior and lower academic achievement, scholars have called for limits on the maximum number of hours per week that teenagers are allowed to work. We use the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997 to assess the claim that employment and work hours are causally related to adolescent problem behavior. We utilize a change model with age-graded child labor laws governing the number of hours per week allowed during the school year as instrumental variables. We find that these work laws lead to additional number of hours worked by youth, which then lead to increased high school dropout but decreased delinquency. Although counterintuitive, this result is consistent with existing evidence about the effect of employment on crime for adults and the impact of dropout on youth crime. PMID:23825897

Efficiency and Safety: The Best Time to Valve a Plaster Cast.

PubMed

Steiner, Samuel R H; Gendi, Kirollos; Halanski, Matthew A; Noonan, Kenneth J

2018-04-18

The act of applying, univalving, and spreading a plaster cast to accommodate swelling is commonly performed; however, cast saws can cause thermal and/or abrasive injury to the patient. This study aims to identify the optimal time to valve a plaster cast so as to reduce the risk of cast-saw injury and increase spreading efficiency. Plaster casts were applied to life-sized pediatric models and were univalved at set-times of 5, 8, 12, or 25 minutes. Outcome measures included average and maximum force applied during univalving, blade-to-skin touches, cut time, force needed to spread, number of spread attempts, spread completeness, spread distance, saw blade temperature, and skin surface temperature. Casts allowed to set for ≥12 minutes had significantly fewer blade-to-skin touches compared with casts that set for <12 minutes (p < 0.001). For average and maximum saw blade force, no significant difference was observed between individual set-times. However, in a comparison of the shorter group (<12 minutes) and the longer group (≥12 minutes), the longer group had a higher average force (p = 0.009) but a lower maximum force (p = 0.036). The average temperature of the saw blade did not vary between groups. The maximum force needed to "pop," or spread, the cast was greater for the 5-minute and 8-minute set-times. Despite requiring more force to spread the cast, 0% of attempts at 5 minutes and 54% of attempts at 8 minutes were successful in completely spreading the cast, whereas 100% of attempts at 12 and 25 minutes were successful. The spread distance was greatest for the 12-minute set-time at 5.7 mm. Allowing casts to set for 12 minutes is associated with decreased blade-to-skin contact, less maximum force used with the saw blade, and a more effective spread. Adherence to the 12-minute interval could allow for fewer cast-saw injuries and more effective spreading.

Limitations and tradeoffs in synchronization of large-scale networks with uncertain links

PubMed Central

Diwadkar, Amit; Vaidya, Umesh

2016-01-01

The synchronization of nonlinear systems connected over large-scale networks has gained popularity in a variety of applications, such as power grids, sensor networks, and biology. Stochastic uncertainty in the interconnections is a ubiquitous phenomenon observed in these physical and biological networks. We provide a size-independent network sufficient condition for the synchronization of scalar nonlinear systems with stochastic linear interactions over large-scale networks. This sufficient condition, expressed in terms of nonlinear dynamics, the Laplacian eigenvalues of the nominal interconnections, and the variance and location of the stochastic uncertainty, allows us to define a synchronization margin. We provide an analytical characterization of important trade-offs between the internal nonlinear dynamics, network topology, and uncertainty in synchronization. For nearest neighbour networks, the existence of an optimal number of neighbours with a maximum synchronization margin is demonstrated. An analytical formula for the optimal gain that produces the maximum synchronization margin allows us to compare the synchronization properties of various complex network topologies. PMID:27067994

MultiPhyl: a high-throughput phylogenomics webserver using distributed computing

PubMed Central

Keane, Thomas M.; Naughton, Thomas J.; McInerney, James O.

2007-01-01

With the number of fully sequenced genomes increasing steadily, there is greater interest in performing large-scale phylogenomic analyses from large numbers of individual gene families. Maximum likelihood (ML) has been shown repeatedly to be one of the most accurate methods for phylogenetic construction. Recently, there have been a number of algorithmic improvements in maximum-likelihood-based tree search methods. However, it can still take a long time to analyse the evolutionary history of many gene families using a single computer. Distributed computing refers to a method of combining the computing power of multiple computers in order to perform some larger overall calculation. In this article, we present the first high-throughput implementation of a distributed phylogenetics platform, MultiPhyl, capable of using the idle computational resources of many heterogeneous non-dedicated machines to form a phylogenetics supercomputer. MultiPhyl allows a user to upload hundreds or thousands of amino acid or nucleotide alignments simultaneously and perform computationally intensive tasks such as model selection, tree searching and bootstrapping of each of the alignments using many desktop machines. The program implements a set of 88 amino acid models and 56 nucleotide maximum likelihood models and a variety of statistical methods for choosing between alternative models. A MultiPhyl webserver is available for public use at: http://www.cs.nuim.ie/distributed/multiphyl.php. PMID:17553837

36 CFR 20.3 - Maximum number of permittees.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 36 Parks, Forests, and Public Property 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Maximum number of permittees... INTERIOR ISLE ROYALE NATIONAL PARK; COMMERCIAL FISHING § 20.3 Maximum number of permittees. Commercial fishermen to whom the annual revocable permits may be granted shall not exceed the maximum number of persons...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II to... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 10 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II to Part 63 Protection of...—Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density EC01MY92.046 ...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II to... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II to Part 63 Protection of...—Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density EC01MY92.046 ...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II of... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II of Part 63 Protection of...—Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density EC01MY92.046 ...

A Deterministic Interfacial Cyclic Oxidation Spalling Model. Part 2; Algebraic Approximation, Descriptive Parameters, and Normalized Universal Curve

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smialek, James L.

2002-01-01

A cyclic oxidation interfacial spalling model has been developed in Part 1. The governing equations have been simplified here by substituting a new algebraic expression for the series (Good-Smialek approximation). This produced a direct relationship between cyclic oxidation weight change and model input parameters. It also allowed for the mathematical derivation of various descriptive parameters as a function of the inputs. It is shown that the maximum in weight change varies directly with the parabolic rate constant and cycle duration and inversely with the spall fraction, all to the 1/2 power. The number of cycles to reach maximum and zero weight change vary inversely with the spall fraction, and the ratio of these cycles is exactly 1:3 for most oxides. By suitably normalizing the weight change and cycle number, it is shown that all cyclic oxidation weight change model curves can be represented by one universal expression for a given oxide scale.

spsann - optimization of sample patterns using spatial simulated annealing

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Samuel-Rosa, Alessandro; Heuvelink, Gerard; Vasques, Gustavo; Anjos, Lúcia

2015-04-01

There are many algorithms and computer programs to optimize sample patterns, some private and others publicly available. A few have only been presented in scientific articles and text books. This dispersion and somewhat poor availability is holds back to their wider adoption and further development. We introduce spsann, a new R-package for the optimization of sample patterns using spatial simulated annealing. R is the most popular environment for data processing and analysis. Spatial simulated annealing is a well known method with widespread use to solve optimization problems in the soil and geo-sciences. This is mainly due to its robustness against local optima and easiness of implementation. spsann offers many optimizing criteria for sampling for variogram estimation (number of points or point-pairs per lag distance class - PPL), trend estimation (association/correlation and marginal distribution of the covariates - ACDC), and spatial interpolation (mean squared shortest distance - MSSD). spsann also includes the mean or maximum universal kriging variance (MUKV) as an optimizing criterion, which is used when the model of spatial variation is known. PPL, ACDC and MSSD were combined (PAN) for sampling when we are ignorant about the model of spatial variation. spsann solves this multi-objective optimization problem scaling the objective function values using their maximum absolute value or the mean value computed over 1000 random samples. Scaled values are aggregated using the weighted sum method. A graphical display allows to follow how the sample pattern is being perturbed during the optimization, as well as the evolution of its energy state. It is possible to start perturbing many points and exponentially reduce the number of perturbed points. The maximum perturbation distance reduces linearly with the number of iterations. The acceptance probability also reduces exponentially with the number of iterations. R is memory hungry and spatial simulated annealing is a computationally intensive method. As such, many strategies were used to reduce the computation time and memory usage: a) bottlenecks were implemented in C++, b) a finite set of candidate locations is used for perturbing the sample points, and c) data matrices are computed only once and then updated at each iteration instead of being recomputed. spsann is available at GitHub under a licence GLP Version 2.0 and will be further developed to: a) allow the use of a cost surface, b) implement other sensitive parts of the source code in C++, c) implement other optimizing criteria, d) allow to add or delete points to/from an existing point pattern.

A Maximum Entropy Test for Evaluating Higher-Order Correlations in Spike Counts

PubMed Central

Onken, Arno; Dragoi, Valentin; Obermayer, Klaus

2012-01-01

Evaluating the importance of higher-order correlations of neural spike counts has been notoriously hard. A large number of samples are typically required in order to estimate higher-order correlations and resulting information theoretic quantities. In typical electrophysiology data sets with many experimental conditions, however, the number of samples in each condition is rather small. Here we describe a method that allows to quantify evidence for higher-order correlations in exactly these cases. We construct a family of reference distributions: maximum entropy distributions, which are constrained only by marginals and by linear correlations as quantified by the Pearson correlation coefficient. We devise a Monte Carlo goodness-of-fit test, which tests - for a given divergence measure of interest - whether the experimental data lead to the rejection of the null hypothesis that it was generated by one of the reference distributions. Applying our test to artificial data shows that the effects of higher-order correlations on these divergence measures can be detected even when the number of samples is small. Subsequently, we apply our method to spike count data which were recorded with multielectrode arrays from the primary visual cortex of anesthetized cat during an adaptation experiment. Using mutual information as a divergence measure we find that there are spike count bin sizes at which the maximum entropy hypothesis can be rejected for a substantial number of neuronal pairs. These results demonstrate that higher-order correlations can matter when estimating information theoretic quantities in V1. They also show that our test is able to detect their presence in typical in-vivo data sets, where the number of samples is too small to estimate higher-order correlations directly. PMID:22685392

49 CFR 192.328 - Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating pressure. 192.328 Section 192.328 Transportation... Lines and Mains § 192.328 Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum...

49 CFR 192.328 - Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating pressure. 192.328 Section 192.328 Transportation... Lines and Mains § 192.328 Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum...

Antipodal hotspot pairs on the earth

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rampino, Michael R.; Caldeira, Ken

1992-01-01

The results of statistical analyses performed on three published hotspot distributions suggest that significantly more hotspots occur as nearly antipodal pairs than is anticipated from a random distribution, or from their association with geoid highs and divergent plate margins. The observed number of antipodal hotspot pairs depends on the maximum allowable deviation from exact antipodality. At a maximum deviation of not greater than 700 km, 26 to 37 percent of hotspots form antipodal pairs in the published lists examined here, significantly more than would be expected from the general hotspot distribution. Two possible mechanisms that might create such a distribution include: (1) symmetry in the generation of mantle plumes, and (2) melting related to antipodal focusing of seismic energy from large-body impacts.

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

Evaluation of CDMA system capacity for mobile satellite system applications

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smith, Partrick O.; Geraniotis, Evaggelos A.

1988-01-01

A specific Direct-Sequence/Pseudo-Noise (DS/PN) Code-Division Multiple-Access (CDMA) mobile satellite system (MSAT) architecture is discussed. The performance of this system is evaluated in terms of the maximum number of active MSAT subscribers that can be supported at a given uncoded bit-error probability. The evaluation decouples the analysis of the multiple-access capability (i.e., the number of instantaneous user signals) from the analysis of the multiple-access mutliplier effect allowed by the use of CDMA with burst-modem operation. We combine the results of these two analyses and present numerical results for scenarios of interest to the mobile satellite system community.

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel:air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel:air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel:air ratio. 36.44 Section...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

Muscular fatigue in response to different modalities of CrossFit sessions

PubMed Central

Maté-Muñoz, José Luis; Lougedo, Juan H.; Barba, Manuel; García-Fernández, Pablo

2017-01-01

Background CrossFit is a new strength and conditioning regimen involving short intense daily workouts called workouts of the day (WOD). This study assesses muscular fatigue levels induced by the three modalities of CrossFit WOD; gymnastics (G), metabolic conditioning (M) and weightlifting (W). Material and methods 34 healthy subjects undertook three WOD (one per week): a G WOD consisting of completing the highest number of sets of 5 pull-ups, 10 push-ups and 15 air squats in 20 min; an M WOD, in which the maximum number of double skipping rope jumps was executed in 8 sets (20 s), resting (10 s) between sets; and finally, a W WOD in which the maximum number of power cleans was executed in 5 min, lifting a load equivalent to 40% of the individual's 1RM. Before and after each WOD, blood lactate concentrations were measured. Also, before, during, and after each WOD, muscular fatigue was assessed in a countermovement jump test (CMJ). Results Significant reductions were produced in the mechanical variables jump height, average power and maximum velocity in response to G; and in jump height, mean and peak power, maximum velocity and maximum force in response to W (P<0.01). However, in M, significant reductions in mechanical variables were observed between pre- and mid session (after sets 2, 4, 6 and 8), but not between pre- and post session. Conclusions Muscular fatigue, reflected by reduced CMJ variables, was produced following the G and W sessions, while recovery of this fatigue was observed at the end of M, likely attributable to rest intervals allowing for the recovery of phosphocreatine stores. Our findings also suggest that the high intensity and volume of exercise in G and W WODs could lead to reduced muscular-tendon stiffness causing a loss of jump ability, related here to a longer isometric phase during the CMJ. PMID:28753624

Muscular fatigue in response to different modalities of CrossFit sessions.

PubMed

Maté-Muñoz, José Luis; Lougedo, Juan H; Barba, Manuel; García-Fernández, Pablo; Garnacho-Castaño, Manuel V; Domínguez, Raúl

2017-01-01

CrossFit is a new strength and conditioning regimen involving short intense daily workouts called workouts of the day (WOD). This study assesses muscular fatigue levels induced by the three modalities of CrossFit WOD; gymnastics (G), metabolic conditioning (M) and weightlifting (W). 34 healthy subjects undertook three WOD (one per week): a G WOD consisting of completing the highest number of sets of 5 pull-ups, 10 push-ups and 15 air squats in 20 min; an M WOD, in which the maximum number of double skipping rope jumps was executed in 8 sets (20 s), resting (10 s) between sets; and finally, a W WOD in which the maximum number of power cleans was executed in 5 min, lifting a load equivalent to 40% of the individual's 1RM. Before and after each WOD, blood lactate concentrations were measured. Also, before, during, and after each WOD, muscular fatigue was assessed in a countermovement jump test (CMJ). Significant reductions were produced in the mechanical variables jump height, average power and maximum velocity in response to G; and in jump height, mean and peak power, maximum velocity and maximum force in response to W (P<0.01). However, in M, significant reductions in mechanical variables were observed between pre- and mid session (after sets 2, 4, 6 and 8), but not between pre- and post session. Muscular fatigue, reflected by reduced CMJ variables, was produced following the G and W sessions, while recovery of this fatigue was observed at the end of M, likely attributable to rest intervals allowing for the recovery of phosphocreatine stores. Our findings also suggest that the high intensity and volume of exercise in G and W WODs could lead to reduced muscular-tendon stiffness causing a loss of jump ability, related here to a longer isometric phase during the CMJ.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Aegerter, P.A.

Phillips Petroleum Company scientists and engineers have been operating petroleum refining and separations pilot plants for five years in the Process Development Center. The 26 pilot plants in this building, with one exception, operate under complete computer-control, allowing maximum utilization of limited operating manpower. This centralization and automation of pilot plants has allowed Phillips to more than double the number of operating pilot plants in the petroleum refining area without an increase in manpower. At the same time, the quantity and quality of data has increased correspondingly. This paper discusses Phillips philosophy of operation and management of these pilot plants.more » In addition, details of day-to-day operations and a brief description of the control system are also presented.« less

38 CFR 59.40 - Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans by State.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum number of nursing... ACQUISITION OF STATE HOMES § 59.40 Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans... increase the total number of state home nursing home and domiciliary beds in that state beyond the maximum...

38 CFR 59.40 - Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans by State.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Maximum number of nursing... ACQUISITION OF STATE HOMES § 59.40 Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans... increase the total number of state home nursing home and domiciliary beds in that state beyond the maximum...

38 CFR 59.40 - Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans by State.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Maximum number of nursing... ACQUISITION OF STATE HOMES § 59.40 Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans... increase the total number of state home nursing home and domiciliary beds in that state beyond the maximum...

38 CFR 59.40 - Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans by State.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Maximum number of nursing... ACQUISITION OF STATE HOMES § 59.40 Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans... increase the total number of state home nursing home and domiciliary beds in that state beyond the maximum...

38 CFR 59.40 - Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans by State.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Maximum number of nursing... ACQUISITION OF STATE HOMES § 59.40 Maximum number of nursing home care and domiciliary care beds for veterans... increase the total number of state home nursing home and domiciliary beds in that state beyond the maximum...

Architecture and robustness tradeoffs in speed-scaled queues with application to energy management

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dinh, Tuan V.; Andrew, Lachlan L. H.; Nazarathy, Yoni

2014-08-01

We consider single-pass, lossless, queueing systems at steady-state subject to Poisson job arrivals at an unknown rate. Service rates are allowed to depend on the number of jobs in the system, up to a fixed maximum, and power consumption is an increasing function of speed. The goal is to control the state dependent service rates such that both energy consumption and delay are kept low. We consider a linear combination of the mean job delay and energy consumption as the performance measure. We examine both the 'architecture' of the system, which we define as a specification of the number of speeds that the system can choose from, and the 'design' of the system, which we define as the actual speeds available. Previous work has illustrated that when the arrival rate is precisely known, there is little benefit in introducing complex (multi-speed) architectures, yet in view of parameter uncertainty, allowing a variable number of speeds improves robustness. We quantify the tradeoffs of architecture specification with respect to robustness, analysing both global robustness and a newly defined measure which we call local robustness.

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers § 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers § 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers § 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in...

Development of an Internet/Population-Based Weight Management Program for the U.S. Army

PubMed Central

Stewart, Tiffany; May, Sandra; Allen, H. Raymond; Bathalon, Col. Gaston P.; Lavergne, Guy; Sigrist, Lori; Ryan, Donna; Williamson, Donald A.

2008-01-01

A significant number of Army soldiers are sufficiently overweight to exceed the maximum weight allowances defined by the Army weight control program (AR600-9). Also, the body weights of a substantial number of soldiers approach the maximum weight allowances. These soldiers should not gain additional weight if they are to meet Army weight allowances. The conventional approach to this overweight problem is assigning soldiers to remedial physical training and mandatory referral for nutrition counseling by a health care provider. An alternative to this conventional approach is to target the entire population of soldiers (population-based intervention) to promote weight loss in overweight soldiers and weight gain prevention in soldiers who are approaching overweight status. To accomplish this objective, the Healthy Eating, Activity, and Lifestyle Training Headquarters (H.E.A.L.T.H.) program was developed. This article describes the rationale for developing the program, the components of the program, and the utilization promotion strategies of the program. The H.E.A.L.T.H. program includes two primary components: (1) a Web site tailored to the standards established in Field Manual 21-20, Physical Fitness Training, Army physical fitness test, and AR600-9, the army weight control program, and (2) a health promotion program designed to promote awareness of the H.E.A.L.T.H. Web site and to facilitate use of the Web site by soldiers and their family members. The Web site is equipped with personalized planning tools and progress tracking over time related to fitness, caloric intake, and lifestyle behavior change goals. The health promotion program includes media advertisements and “ground roots” efforts to facilitate use by soldiers. PMID:19885186

Within-grade quality differences for 1 and 2A common lumber affect processsing and yields when gang-ripping red oak lumber

Treesearch

Charles J. Gatchell; R. Edward Thomas; R. Edward Thomas

1997-01-01

Using a new computer grading program (UGRS), 1 and 2A Common lumber was sorted based on the percentage of board surface measure found in the maximum allowable number of grading cuttings. For 1 Common, 46.0 percent of 921 boards had percentages in the FAS range (83-1/3% and above). For 2A Common, 54.7 percent of 825 boards had percentages in the 1 Common range. When...

Estimation of the solar Lyman alpha flux from ground based measurements of the Ca II K line

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rottman, G. J.; Livingston, W. C.; White, O. R.

1990-01-01

Measurements of the solar Lyman alpha and Ca II K from October 1981 to April 1989 show a strong correlation (r = 0.95) that allows estimation of the Lyman alpha flux at 1 AU from 1975 to December 1989. The estimated Lyman alpha strength of 3.9 x 10 to the 11th + or - 0.15 x 10 to the 11th photons/s sq cm on December 7, 1989 is at the same maximum levels seen in Cycle 21. Relative to other UV surrogates (sunspot number, 10.7 cm radio flux, and He I 10830 line strength), Lyman alpha estimates computed from the K line track the SME measurements well from solar maximum, through solar minimum, and into Cycle 22.

76 FR 59764 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-09-27

... Change Relating to the Maximum Number of Quoters (``MNQ'') Permitted To Be Assigned in Equity Options...''),\\4\\ by establishing a higher maximum number of quoting participants (``Maximum Number of Quoters'' or...

Guidelines for developing spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations for Space Station contaminants

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1992-01-01

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) is preparing to launch a manned space station by the year 1996. Because of concerns about the health, safety, and functioning abilities of the crews, NASA has requested that the National Research Council (NRC) through the Board on Environmental Studies and Toxicology (BEST) provide advice on toxicological matters for the space-station program. The Subcommittee on Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants was established by the Committee on Toxicology (COT) to address NASA's concerns. Spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMAC's) are defined as the maximum concentrations of airborne substances (such as gas, vapor, or aerosol) that will not cause adverse health effects, significant discomfort, or degradation in crew performance.

42 CFR 457.555 - Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted low-income children in families with income...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

...-emergency use of the emergency room. For Federal FY 2009, for targeted low-income children whose household...-institutional services, up to a maximum amount of $11.35 for services furnished in a hospital emergency room if... 42 Public Health 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted...

42 CFR 457.555 - Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted low-income children in families with income...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

...-emergency use of the emergency room. For Federal FY 2009, for targeted low-income children whose household...-institutional services, up to a maximum amount of $11.35 for services furnished in a hospital emergency room if... 42 Public Health 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted...

Finding the Optimal Nets for Self-Folding Kirigami

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Araújo, N. A. M.; da Costa, R. A.; Dorogovtsev, S. N.; Mendes, J. F. F.

2018-05-01

Three-dimensional shells can be synthesized from the spontaneous self-folding of two-dimensional templates of interconnected panels, called nets. However, some nets are more likely to self-fold into the desired shell under random movements. The optimal nets are the ones that maximize the number of vertex connections, i.e., vertices that have only two of its faces cut away from each other in the net. Previous methods for finding such nets are based on random search, and thus, they do not guarantee the optimal solution. Here, we propose a deterministic procedure. We map the connectivity of the shell into a shell graph, where the nodes and links of the graph represent the vertices and edges of the shell, respectively. Identifying the nets that maximize the number of vertex connections corresponds to finding the set of maximum leaf spanning trees of the shell graph. This method allows us not only to design the self-assembly of much larger shell structures but also to apply additional design criteria, as a complete catalog of the maximum leaf spanning trees is obtained.

Alternative Parameterizations for Cluster Editing

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Komusiewicz, Christian; Uhlmann, Johannes

Given an undirected graph G and a nonnegative integer k, the NP-hard Cluster Editing problem asks whether G can be transformed into a disjoint union of cliques by applying at most k edge modifications. In the field of parameterized algorithmics, Cluster Editing has almost exclusively been studied parameterized by the solution size k. Contrastingly, in many real-world instances it can be observed that the parameter k is not really small. This observation motivates our investigation of parameterizations of Cluster Editing different from the solution size k. Our results are as follows. Cluster Editing is fixed-parameter tractable with respect to the parameter "size of a minimum cluster vertex deletion set of G", a typically much smaller parameter than k. Cluster Editing remains NP-hard on graphs with maximum degree six. A restricted but practically relevant version of Cluster Editing is fixed-parameter tractable with respect to the combined parameter "number of clusters in the target graph" and "maximum number of modified edges incident to any vertex in G". Many of our results also transfer to the NP-hard Cluster Deletion problem, where only edge deletions are allowed.

The free energy of the metastable supersaturated vapor via restricted ensemble simulations. III. An extension to the Corti and Debenedetti subcell constraint algorithm

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Nie, Chu; Geng, Jun; Marlow, William H.

2016-04-14

In order to improve the sampling of restricted microstates in our previous work [C. Nie, J. Geng, and W. H. Marlow, J. Chem. Phys. 127, 154505 (2007); 128, 234310 (2008)] and quantitatively predict thermal properties of supersaturated vapors, an extension is made to the Corti and Debenedetti subcell constraint algorithm [D. S. Corti and P. Debenedetti, Chem. Eng. Sci. 49, 2717 (1994)], which restricts the maximum allowed local density at any point in a simulation box. The maximum allowed local density at a point in a simulation box is defined by the maximum number of particles N{sub m} allowed tomore » appear inside a sphere of radius R, with this point as the center of the sphere. Both N{sub m} and R serve as extra thermodynamic variables for maintaining a certain degree of spatial homogeneity in a supersaturated system. In a restricted canonical ensemble, at a given temperature and an overall density, series of local minima on the Helmholtz free energy surface F(N{sub m}, R) are found subject to different (N{sub m}, R) pairs. The true equilibrium metastable state is identified through the analysis of the formation free energies of Stillinger clusters of various sizes obtained from these restricted states. The simulation results of a supersaturated Lennard-Jones vapor at reduced temperature 0.7 including the vapor pressure isotherm, formation free energies of critical nuclei, and chemical potential differences are presented and analyzed. In addition, with slight modifications, the current algorithm can be applied to computing thermal properties of superheated liquids.« less

Spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations for selected airborne contaminants, volume 1

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1994-01-01

As part of its efforts to promote safe conditions aboard spacecraft, NASA requested the National Research Council (NRC) to develop guidelines for establishing spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMAC's) for contaminants, and to review SMAC's for various spacecraft contaminants to determine whether NASA's recommended exposure limits are consistent with the guidelines recommended by the subcommittee. In response to NASA's request, the NRC organized the Subcommittee on Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants within the Committee on Toxicology (COT). In the first phase of its work, the subcommittee developed the criteria and methods for preparing SMAC's for spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee's report, entitled Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants, was published in 1992. The executive summary of that report is reprinted as Appendix A of this volume. In the second phase of the study, the Subcommittee on Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations reviewed reports prepared by NASA scientists and contractors recommending SMAC's for 35 spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee sought to determine whether the SMAC reports were consistent with the 1992 guidelines. Appendix B of this volume contains the first 11 SMAC reports that have been reviewed for their application of the guidelines developed in the first phase of this activity and approved by the subcommittee.

Improving IMRT delivery efficiency using intensity limits during inverse planning.

PubMed

Coselmon, Martha M; Moran, Jean M; Radawski, Jeffrey D; Fraass, Benedick A

2005-05-01

Inverse planned intensity modulated radiotherapy (IMRT) fields can be highly modulated due to the large number of degrees of freedom involved in the inverse planning process. Additional modulation typically results in a more optimal plan, although the clinical rewards may be small or offset by additional delivery complexity and/or increased dose from transmission and leakage. Increasing modulation decreases delivery efficiency, and may lead to plans that are more sensitive to geometrical uncertainties. The purpose of this work is to assess the use of maximum intensity limits in inverse IMRT planning as a simple way to increase delivery efficiency without significantly affecting plan quality. Nine clinical cases (three each for brain, prostate, and head/neck) were used to evaluate advantages and disadvantages of limiting maximum intensity to increase delivery efficiency. IMRT plans were generated using in-house protocol-based constraints and objectives for the brain and head/neck, and RTOG 9406 dose volume objectives in the prostate. Each case was optimized at a series of maximum intensity ratios (the product of the maximum intensity and the number of beams divided by the prescribed dose to the target volume), and evaluated in terms of clinical metrics, dose-volume histograms, monitor units (MU) required per fraction (SMLC and DMLC delivery), and intensity map variation (a measure of the beam modulation). In each site tested, it was possible to reduce total monitor units by constraining the maximum allowed intensity without compromising the clinical acceptability of the plan. Monitor unit reductions up to 38% were observed for SMLC delivery, while reductions up to 29% were achieved for DMLC delivery. In general, complicated geometries saw a smaller reduction in monitor units for both delivery types, although DMLC delivery required significantly more monitor units in all cases. Constraining the maximum intensity in an inverse IMRT plan is a simple way to improve delivery efficiency without compromising plan objectives.

Market-Based and System-Wide Fuel Cycle Optimization

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Wilson, Paul

The Dynamic Resource Exchange (DRE) gives agency to consumer facilities to determine the preference of any particular trade that is offered by suppliers to satisfy its requests. This provides a natural balance of power in the relationship between consumers and suppliers. However, in situations in which suppliers have flexibility surrounding the way that they respond to individual requests, they have no mechanism to assess how different bids will be received by the consumer. Theoretically, a supplier can offer multiple bids to respond to a given request in an attempt to “cover their bases”, but this introduces more arcs into themore » underlying network flow problem, increasing the cost to solve the problem. In the extreme, when a supplier can continuously vary the characteristics of the bid, this can represent a large number of additional arcs and have real performance consequences. To remedy this inefficiency in the implementation of the market-level optimization, the definition of a request has been extended to include a function that can be used by the supplier to query the preference that would be assigned by a consumer for a potential bid. The supplier is then free to implement arbitrarily complex algorithms to revise/optimize its bid based on responses to this function. A supplier can chose to not invoke the function at all, mimicking the original DRE behavior, can use it to select among a small set of discrete choices, or can implement an internal algorithm to seek an optimum bid on a continuous parameter space. This capability was demonstrated with a storage facility that preferred material with a specific decay heat that was as close as possible to the maximum allowable decay heat, while requiring the specific decay heat to fall between a minimum and maximum level. This archetype was used to fill multiple storage roles in a simulation that also included a standard recipe reactor: wet storage with no maximum allowable specific decay heat, dry storage with a modest maximum allowable specific decay heat, and a geologic repository with a low maximum allowable specific decay heat. In such a simulation, the reactor, wet storage and dry storage always offer their material to be taken by one of the other storage facilities. The preference function of the consumer would always ensure that material only flowed when the decay heat was sufficiently low, but in the absence of objective function callbacks, would allow for many superfluous offers that exceeded those limits. If this archetype also uses a callback function to probe the preference of the receiving facility for each possible offer, it can avoid making offers that are not going to be accepted by the receiving facility.« less

Variations in Solar Parameters and Cosmic Rays with Solar Magnetic Polarity

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Oh, S.; Yi, Y., E-mail: suyeonoh@jnu.ac.kr

The sunspot number varies with the 11-year Schwabe cycle, and the solar magnetic polarity reverses every 11 years approximately at the solar maximum. Because of polarity reversal, the difference between odd and even solar cycles is seen in solar activity. In this study, we create the mean solar cycle expressed by phase using the monthly sunspot number for all solar cycles 1–23. We also generate the mean solar cycle for sunspot area, solar radio flux, and cosmic ray flux within the allowance of observational range. The mean solar cycle has one large peak at solar maximum for odd solar cyclesmore » and two small peaks for most even solar cycles. The odd and even solar cycles have the statistical difference in value and shape at a confidence level of at least 98%. For solar cycles 19–23, the second peak in the even solar cycle is larger than the first peak. This result is consistent with the frequent solar events during the declining phase after the solar maximum. The difference between odd and even solar cycles can be explained by a combined model of polarity reversal and solar rotation. In the positive/negative polarity, the polar magnetic field introduces angular momentum in the same/opposite direction as/to the solar rotation. Thus the addition/subtraction of angular momentum can increase/decrease the motion of plasma to support the formation of sunspots. Since the polarity reverses at the solar maximum, the opposite phenomenon occurs in the declining phase.« less

Reynolds number effect on airfoil wake structures under pitching and heaving motion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Kyung Chun; Karbasian, Hamidreza; ExpTENsys Team

2017-11-01

Detached Eddy Simulation (DES) and particle image velocimetry (PIV) measurements were performed to investigate the wake flow characteristics of an airfoil under pitching and heaving motion. A NACA0012 airfoil was selected for the numerical simulation and experiments were carried out in a wind tunnel and a water tunnel at Reynolds number of 15,000 and 90,000, respectively. The airfoil oscillated around an axis located 1/4 distance from the leading edge chord. Two different angles of attack, 20° and 30°, were selected with +/-10° maximum amplitude of oscillation. In order to extract the coherent flow structures from time-resolved PIV data, proper orthogonal decomposition (POD) analysis was performed on 1,000 instantaneous realisations for each condition using the method of snapshots. Vorticity contour and velocity profiles for both PIV and DES results are in good agreement for pitching and heaving motion. At high Reynolds number, 3D stream-wise vortices appeared after generating span-wise vortices. The higher maximum angle of attack allows the leading edge vortex to grow stronger and that the angle of attack appears to be more important in influencing the growth of the leading edge vortex structure than the reduced frequency. National Research Foundation of Korea (No. 2011-0030013).

Characterizing Protease Specificity: How Many Substrates Do We Need?

PubMed Central

Schauperl, Michael; Fuchs, Julian E.; Waldner, Birgit J.; Huber, Roland G.; Kramer, Christian; Liedl, Klaus R.

2015-01-01

Calculation of cleavage entropies allows to quantify, map and compare protease substrate specificity by an information entropy based approach. The metric intrinsically depends on the number of experimentally determined substrates (data points). Thus a statistical analysis of its numerical stability is crucial to estimate the systematic error made by estimating specificity based on a limited number of substrates. In this contribution, we show the mathematical basis for estimating the uncertainty in cleavage entropies. Sets of cleavage entropies are calculated using experimental cleavage data and modeled extreme cases. By analyzing the underlying mathematics and applying statistical tools, a linear dependence of the metric in respect to 1/n was found. This allows us to extrapolate the values to an infinite number of samples and to estimate the errors. Analyzing the errors, a minimum number of 30 substrates was found to be necessary to characterize substrate specificity, in terms of amino acid variability, for a protease (S4-S4’) with an uncertainty of 5 percent. Therefore, we encourage experimental researchers in the protease field to record specificity profiles of novel proteases aiming to identify at least 30 peptide substrates of maximum sequence diversity. We expect a full characterization of protease specificity helpful to rationalize biological functions of proteases and to assist rational drug design. PMID:26559682

Anatomy of a laminar starting thermal plume at high Prandtl number

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Davaille, Anne; Limare, Angela; Touitou, Floriane; Kumagai, Ichiro; Vatteville, Judith

2011-02-01

We present an experimental study of the dynamics of a plume generated from a small heat source in a high Prandtl number fluid with a strongly temperature-dependent viscosity. The velocity field was determined with particle image velocimetry, while the temperature field was measured using differential interferometry and thermochromic liquid crystals. The combination of these different techniques run simultaneously allows us to identify the different stages of plume development, and to compare the positions of key-features of the velocity field (centers of rotation, maximum vorticity locations, stagnation points) respective to the plume thermal anomaly, for Prandtl numbers greater than 103. We further show that the thermal structure of the plume stem is well predicted by the constant viscosity model of Batchelor (Q J R Met Soc 80: 339-358, 1954) for viscosity ratios up to 50.

Relationship between the number of repetitions and selected percentages of one repetition maximum in free weight exercises in trained and untrained men.

PubMed

Shimano, Tomoko; Kraemer, William J; Spiering, Barry A; Volek, Jeff S; Hatfield, Disa L; Silvestre, Ricardo; Vingren, Jakob L; Fragala, Maren S; Maresh, Carl M; Fleck, Steven J; Newton, Robert U; Spreuwenberg, Luuk P B; Häkkinen, Keijo

2006-11-01

Resistance exercise intensity is commonly prescribed as a percent of 1 repetition maximum (1RM). However, the relationship between percent 1RM and the number of repetitions allowed remains poorly studied, especially using free weight exercises. The purpose of this study was to determine the maximal number of repetitions that trained (T) and untrained (UT) men can perform during free weight exercises at various percentages of 1RM. Eight T and 8 UT men were tested for 1RM strength. Then, subjects performed 1 set to failure at 60, 80, and 90% of 1RM in the back squat, bench press, and arm curl in a randomized, balanced design. There was a significant (p < 0.05) intensity x exercise interaction. More repetitions were performed during the back squat than the bench press or arm curl at 60% 1RM for T and UT. At 80 and 90% 1RM, there were significant differences between the back squat and other exercises; however, differences were much less pronounced. No differences in number of repetitions performed at a given exercise intensity were noted between T and UT (except during bench press at 90% 1RM). In conclusion, the number of repetitions performed at a given percent of 1RM is influenced by the amount of muscle mass used during the exercise, as more repetitions can be performed during the back squat than either the bench press or arm curl. Training status of the individual has a minimal impact on the number of repetitions performed at relative exercise intensity.

High-Reynolds Number Circulation Control Testing in the National Transonic Facility

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Milholen, William E., II; Jones, Gregory S.; Chan, David T.; Goodliff, Scott L.

2012-01-01

A new capability to test active flow control concepts and propulsion simulations at high Reynolds numbers in the National Transonic Facility at the NASA Langley Research Center is being developed. The first active flow control experiment was completed using the new FAST-MAC semi-span model to study Reynolds number scaling effects for several circulation control concepts. Testing was conducted over a wide range of Mach numbers, up to chord Reynolds numbers of 30 million. The model was equipped with four onboard flow control valves allowing independent control of the circulation control plenums, which were directed over a 15% chord simple-hinged flap. Preliminary analysis of the uncorrected lift data showed that the circulation control increased the low-speed maximum lift coefficient by 33%. At transonic speeds, the circulation control was capable of positively altering the shockwave pattern on the upper wing surface and reducing flow separation. Furthermore, application of the technique to only the outboard portion of the wing demonstrated the feasibility of a pneumatic based roll control capability.

Combinatorial Algorithms for Portfolio Optimization Problems - Case of Risk Moderate Investor

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Juarna, A.

2017-03-01

Portfolio optimization problem is a problem of finding optimal combination of n stocks from N ≥ n available stocks that gives maximal aggregate return and minimal aggregate risk. In this paper given N = 43 from the IDX (Indonesia Stock Exchange) group of the 45 most-traded stocks, known as the LQ45, with p = 24 data of monthly returns for each stock, spanned over interval 2013-2014. This problem actually is a combinatorial one where its algorithm is constructed based on two considerations: risk moderate type of investor and maximum allowed correlation coefficient between every two eligible stocks. The main outputs resulted from implementation of the algorithms is a multiple curve of three portfolio’s attributes, e.g. the size, the ratio of return to risk, and the percentage of negative correlation coefficient for every two chosen stocks, as function of maximum allowed correlation coefficient between each two stocks. The output curve shows that the portfolio contains three stocks with ratio of return to risk at 14.57 if the maximum allowed correlation coefficient between every two eligible stocks is negative and contains 19 stocks with maximum allowed correlation coefficient 0.17 to get maximum ratio of return to risk at 25.48.

Multiple interpretations of a pair of images of a surface

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Longuet-Higgins, H. C.

1988-07-01

It is known that, if two optical images of a visually textured surface, projected from finitely separated viewpoints, allow more than one three-dimensional interpretation, then the surface must be part of a quadric passing through the two viewpoints. It is here shown that this quadric is either a plane or a ruled surface of a type first considered by Maybank (1985) in a study of ambiguous optic flow fields. In the latter case, three is the maximum number of distinct interpretations that the two images can sustain.

The analytical approach to optimization of active region structure of quantum dot laser

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Korenev, V. V.; Savelyev, A. V.; Zhukov, A. E.; Omelchenko, A. V.; Maximov, M. V.

2014-10-01

Using the analytical approach introduced in our previous papers we analyse the possibilities of optimization of size and structure of active region of semiconductor quantum dot lasers emitting via ground-state optical transitions. It is shown that there are optimal length' dispersion and number of QD layers in laser active region which allow one to obtain lasing spectrum of a given width at minimum injection current. Laser efficiency corresponding to the injection current optimized by the cavity length is practically equal to its maximum value.

A complex valued radial basis function network for equalization of fast time varying channels.

PubMed

Gan, Q; Saratchandran, P; Sundararajan, N; Subramanian, K R

1999-01-01

This paper presents a complex valued radial basis function (RBF) network for equalization of fast time varying channels. A new method for calculating the centers of the RBF network is given. The method allows fixing the number of RBF centers even as the equalizer order is increased so that a good performance is obtained by a high-order RBF equalizer with small number of centers. Simulations are performed on time varying channels using a Rayleigh fading channel model to compare the performance of our RBF with an adaptive maximum-likelihood sequence estimator (MLSE) consisting of a channel estimator and a MLSE implemented by the Viterbi algorithm. The results show that the RBF equalizer produces superior performance with less computational complexity.

42 CFR 447.54 - Maximum allowable and nominal charges.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... nonemergency services furnished in a hospital emergency room. (c) Institutional services. For institutional... Deductible, Coinsurance, Co-Payment Or Similar Cost-Sharing Charge § 447.54 Maximum allowable and nominal... that cost sharing amounts be nominal. Upon approval from CMS, the requirement that cost sharing charges...

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ingham, J.G.

Maximum cladding temperatures occur when the IDENT 1578 fuel pin shipping container is installed in the T-3 Cask. The maximum allowable cladding temperature of 800/sup 0/F is reached when the rate of energy deposited in the 19-pin basket reaches 400 watts. Since 45% of the energy which is generated in the fuel escapes the 19-pin basket without being deposited, mostly gamma energy, the maximum allowable rate of heat generation is 400/.55 = 727 watts. Similarly, the maximum allowable cladding temperature of 800/sup 0/F is reached when the rate of energy deposited in the 40-pin basket reaches 465 watts. Since 33%more » of the energy which is generated in the fuel escapes the 40-pin basket without being deposited, mostly gamma energy, the maximum allowable rate of heat generation is 465/.66 = 704 watts. The IDENT 1578 fuel pin shipping container therefore meets its thermal design criteria. IDENT 1578 can handle fuel pins with a decay heat load of 600 watts while maintaining the maximum fuel pin cladding temperature below 800/sup 0/F. The emissivities which were determined from the test results for the basket tubes and container are relatively low and correspond to new, shiny conditions. As the IDENT 1578 container is exposed to high temperatures for extended periods of time during the transportation of fuel pins, the emissivities will probably increase. This will result in reduced temperatures.« less

Understanding the Benefits and Limitations of Increasing Maximum Rotor Tip Speed for Utility-Scale Wind Turbines

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ning, A.; Dykes, K.

2014-06-01

For utility-scale wind turbines, the maximum rotor rotation speed is generally constrained by noise considerations. Innovations in acoustics and/or siting in remote locations may enable future wind turbine designs to operate with higher tip speeds. Wind turbines designed to take advantage of higher tip speeds are expected to be able to capture more energy and utilize lighter drivetrains because of their decreased maximum torque loads. However, the magnitude of the potential cost savings is unclear, and the potential trade-offs with rotor and tower sizing are not well understood. A multidisciplinary, system-level framework was developed to facilitate wind turbine and wind plant analysis and optimization. The rotors, nacelles, and towers of wind turbines are optimized for minimum cost of energy subject to a large number of structural, manufacturing, and transportation constraints. These optimization studies suggest that allowing for higher maximum tip speeds could result in a decrease in the cost of energy of up to 5% for land-based sites and 2% for offshore sites when using current technology. Almost all of the cost savings are attributed to the decrease in gearbox mass as a consequence of the reduced maximum rotor torque. Although there is some increased energy capture, it is very minimal (less than 0.5%). Extreme increases in tip speed are unnecessary; benefits for maximum tip speeds greater than 100-110 m/s are small to nonexistent.

14 CFR 23.1527 - Maximum operating altitude.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum operating altitude. 23.1527 Section... Information § 23.1527 Maximum operating altitude. (a) The maximum altitude up to which operation is allowed... established. (b) A maximum operating altitude limitation of not more than 25,000 feet must be established for...

Preliminary analysis of the implications of natural radiations on geostationary operations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wilson, J. W.; Denn, F. M.

1976-01-01

The natural radiations present at geostationary orbit are discussed. Low-level galactic cosmic rays are important for careers spending a year or more at geostationary altitude. Trapped radiation will on occasion require interruption of extravehicular activity (EVA). The spacesuit shield requirements are strongly affected by the number of interruptions allowed. EVA cannot proceed during a large solar event and maximum allowable doses are exceeded in a few hours unless a heavily shielded area is provided. A shelter of 10 g/sq cm with personal shielding for the eyes and testes would contain exposure to within the presently accepted exposure constraints. Since radiation levels can increase unexpectedly to serious levels, an onboard radiation monitoring system with rate and integration capabilities is required for both surface-dose and depth-dose monitoring.

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... for certain steel pipelines. 192.620 Section 192.620 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to... STANDARDS Operations § 192.620 Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines..., 2, or 3 location; (2) The pipeline segment is constructed of steel pipe meeting the additional...

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... of a maximum allowable operating pressure based on higher stress levels in the following areas: Take... pipeline at the increased stress level under this section with conventional operation; and (ii) Describe... targeted audience; and (B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under...

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... of a maximum allowable operating pressure based on higher stress levels in the following areas: Take... pipeline at the increased stress level under this section with conventional operation; and (ii) Describe... targeted audience; and (B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under...

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... of a maximum allowable operating pressure based on higher stress levels in the following areas: Take... pipeline at the increased stress level under this section with conventional operation; and (ii) Describe... targeted audience; and (B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under...

5 CFR 591.104 - Higher initial maximum uniform allowance rate.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 5 Administrative Personnel 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Higher initial maximum uniform allowance rate. 591.104 Section 591.104 Administrative Personnel OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT CIVIL SERVICE... initial year a new style or type of minimum basic uniform is required for a category of employees, an...

Automatic and rapid identification of glycopeptides by nano-UPLC-LTQ-FT-MS and proteomic search engine.

PubMed

Giménez, Estela; Gay, Marina; Vilaseca, Marta

2017-01-30

Here we demonstrate the potential of nano-UPLC-LTQ-FT-MS and the Byonic™ proteomic search engine for the separation, detection, and identification of N- and O-glycopeptide glycoforms in standard glycoproteins. The use of a BEH C18 nanoACQUITY column allowed the separation of the glycopeptides present in the glycoprotein digest and a baseline-resolution of the glycoforms of the same glycopeptide on the basis of the number of sialic acids. Moreover, we evaluated several acquisition strategies in order to improve the detection and characterization of glycopeptide glycoforms with the maximum number of identification percentages. The proposed strategy is simple to set up with the technology platforms commonly used in proteomic labs. The method allows the straightforward and rapid obtention of a general glycosylated map of a given protein, including glycosites and their corresponding glycosylated structures. The MS strategy selected in this work, based on a gas phase fractionation approach, led to 136 unique peptides from four standard proteins, which represented 78% of the total number of peptides identified. Moreover, the method does not require an extra glycopeptide enrichment step, thus preventing the bias that this step could cause towards certain glycopeptide species. Data are available via ProteomeXchange with identifier PXD003578. We propose a simple and high-throughput glycoproteomics-based methodology that allows the separation of glycopeptide glycoforms on the basis of the number of sialic acids, and their automatic and rapid identification without prior knowledge of protein glycosites or type and structure of the glycans. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

System and method for the adaptive mapping of matrix data to sets of polygons

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Burdon, David (Inventor)

2003-01-01

A system and method for converting bitmapped data, for example, weather data or thermal imaging data, to polygons is disclosed. The conversion of the data into polygons creates smaller data files. The invention is adaptive in that it allows for a variable degree of fidelity of the polygons. Matrix data is obtained. A color value is obtained. The color value is a variable used in the creation of the polygons. A list of cells to check is determined based on the color value. The list of cells to check is examined in order to determine a boundary list. The boundary list is then examined to determine vertices. The determination of the vertices is based on a prescribed maximum distance. When drawn, the ordered list of vertices create polygons which depict the cell data. The data files which include the vertices for the polygons are much smaller than the corresponding cell data files. The fidelity of the polygon representation can be adjusted by repeating the logic with varying fidelity values to achieve a given maximum file size or a maximum number of vertices per polygon.

Drag Reduction Through Distributed Electric Propulsion

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Stoll, Alex M.; Bevirt, JoeBen; Moore, Mark D.; Fredericks, William J.; Borer, Nicholas K.

2014-01-01

One promising application of recent advances in electric aircraft propulsion technologies is a blown wing realized through the placement of a number of electric motors driving individual tractor propellers spaced along each wing. This configuration increases the maximum lift coefficient by providing substantially increased dynamic pressure across the wing at low speeds. This allows for a wing sized near the ideal area for maximum range at cruise conditions, imparting the cruise drag and ride quality benefits of this smaller wing size without decreasing takeoff and landing performance. A reference four-seat general aviation aircraft was chosen as an exemplary application case. Idealized momentum theory relations were derived to investigate tradeoffs in various design variables. Navier-Stokes aeropropulsive simulations were performed with various wing and propeller configurations at takeoff and landing conditions to provide insight into the effect of different wing and propeller designs on the realizable effective maximum lift coefficient. Similar analyses were performed at the cruise condition to ensure that drag targets are attainable. Results indicate that this configuration shows great promise to drastically improve the efficiency of small aircraft.

Levels of total mercury in predatory fish sold in Canada in 2005.

PubMed

Dabeka, R W; McKenzie, A D; Forsyth, D S

2011-06-01

Total mercury was analysed in 188 samples of predatory fish purchased at the retail level in Canada in 2005. The average concentrations (ng g(-1), range) were: sea bass 329 (38-1367), red snapper 148 (36-431), orange roughy 543 (279-974), fresh water trout 55 (20-430), grouper 360 (8-1060), black cod 284 (71-651), Arctic char 37 (28-54), king fish 440 (42-923), tilefish 601 (79-1164) and marlin 854 (125-2346). The Canadian standard for maximum total mercury allowed in the edible portions of fish sold at the retail level is 1000 ng g(-1) for shark, swordfish, marlin, orange roughy, escolar and both fresh and frozen tuna. The standard is 500 ng g(-1) for all other types of fish. In this study, despite the small number of samples of each species, the 1000 ng g(-1) maximum was exceeded in five samples of marlin (28%). The 500 ng g(-1) maximum was exceeded by six samples of sea bass (20%), four of tilefish (50%), five of grouper (24%), six of king fish (40%) and one of black cod (13%).

21 CFR 172.818 - Oxystearin.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... additive is a mixture of the glycerides of partially oxidized stearic and other fatty acids obtained by... specifications: Acid number: Maximum 15. Iodine number: Maximum 15. Saponification number: 225-240. Hydroxyl...

Measuring the Strength of the Horned Passalus Beetle, Odontotaenius disjunctus: Revisiting an Old Topic with Modern Technology

PubMed Central

Davis, Andrew K.; Attarha, Barrett; Piefke, Taylor J.

2013-01-01

Over a century ago, a pioneering researcher cleverly devised a means to measure how much weight the horned passalus beetle, Odontotaenius disjunctus (Illiger) (Coleoptera: Passalidae), could pull using a series of springs, pulleys, and careful observation. The technology available in modern times now allows for more rigorous data collection on this topic, which could have a number of uses in scientific investigations. In this study, an apparatus was constructed using a dynamometer and a data logger in an effort to ascertain the pulling strength of this species. By allowing beetles to pull for 10 min, each beetle's mean and maximum pulling force (in Newtons) were obtained for analyses, and whether these measures are related was determined. Then, whether factors such as body length, thorax size, horn size, or gender affect either measure of strength was investigated. Basic body measurements, including horn size, of males versus females were compared. The measurements of 38 beetles (20 females, 18 males) showed there was no difference in overall body length between sexes, but females had greater girth (thorax width) than males, which could translate into larger muscle mass. A total of 21 beetles (10 females, 11 males) were tested for pulling strength. The grand mean pulling force was 0.14 N, and the grand mean maximum was 0.78 N. Despite the fact that beetles tended to pull at 20% of their maximum capacity most of the time, and that maximum force was over 5 times larger than the mean force, the 2 measures were highly correlated, suggesting they may be interchangeable for research purposes. Females had twice the pulling strength (both maximum and mean force) as males in this species overall, but when the larger thorax size of females was considered, the effect of gender was not significant. Beetle length was not a significant predictor of pulling force, but horn size was associated with maximum force. The best predictor of both measures of strength appeared to be thorax size. There are a multitude of interesting scientific questions that could be addressed using data on beetle pulling strength, and this project serves as a starting point for such work. PMID:24735074

Two-loads Method for Distinguishing among the Muscle Force, Velocity, and Power Producing Capacities

PubMed Central

Jaric, Slobodan

2016-01-01

It has been generally accepted that muscles could have different mechanical capacities, such as those for producing high force (F), velocity (V), and power (P) outputs. Nevertheless, the standard procedures of the evaluation of muscle function both in research and routine testing are typically conducted under a single mechanical condition, such as under a single external load. Therefore, the observed outcomes do not allow for distinguishing among the different muscle capacities. As a result, the outcomes of most of the routine testing procedures have been of limited informational value, while a number of debated issues in research have originated from arbitrarily interpreted experimental findings regarding specific muscle capacities. A solution for the discussed problem could be based on the approximately linear and exceptionally strong F-V relationship typically observed from various functional tasks performed under different external loads. These findings allow for the 'two-loads method' proposed in this Current Opinion: the functional movement tasks (e.g., maximum jumping, cycling, running, pushing, lifting, or throwing) should be tested against just 2 distinctive external loads. Namely, the F-V relationship determined by 2 pairs of the F and V data could provide the parameters depicting the maximum F (i.e., the F-intercept), V (V-intercept), and P (calculated from the product of F and V) output of the tested muscles. Therefore, the proposed two-loads method applied in both research and routine testing could provide a deeper insight into the mechanical properties and function of the tested muscles and resolve a number of debated issues in the literature. PMID:27075326

14 CFR 27.1527 - Maximum operating altitude.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum operating altitude. 27.1527 Section 27.1527 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT... § 27.1527 Maximum operating altitude. The maximum altitude up to which operation is allowed, as limited...

14 CFR 29.1527 - Maximum operating altitude.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum operating altitude. 29.1527 Section 29.1527 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT... Limitations § 29.1527 Maximum operating altitude. The maximum altitude up to which operation is allowed, as...

Optimization of post-column reactor radius in capillary high performance liquid chromatography Effect of chromatographic column diameter and particle diameter

PubMed Central

Xu, Hongjuan; Weber, Stephen G.

2006-01-01

A post-column reactor consisting of a simple open tube (Capillary Taylor Reactor) affects the performance of a capillary LC in two ways: stealing pressure from the column and adding band spreading. The former is a problem for very small radius reactors, while the latter shows itself for large reactor diameters. We derived an equation that defines the observed number of theoretical plates (Nobs) taking into account the two effects stated above. Making some assumptions and asserting certain conditions led to a final equation with a limited number of variables, namely chromatographic column radius, reactor radius and chromatographic particle diameter. The assumptions and conditions are that the van Deemter equation applies, the mass transfer limitation is for intraparticle diffusion in spherical particles, the velocity is at the optimum, the analyte’s retention factor, k′, is zero, the post-column reactor is only long enough to allow complete mixing of reagents and analytes and the maximum operating pressure of the pumping system is used. Optimal ranges of the reactor radius (ar) are obtained by comparing the number of observed theoretical plates (and theoretical plates per time) with and without a reactor. Results show that the acceptable reactor radii depend on column diameter, particle diameter, and maximum available pressure. Optimal ranges of ar become narrower as column diameter increases, particle diameter decreases or the maximum pressure is decreased. When the available pressure is 4000 psi, a Capillary Taylor Reactor with 12 μm radius is suitable for all columns smaller than 150 μm (radius) packed with 2–5 μm particles. For 1 μm packing particles, only columns smaller than 42.5 μm (radius) can be used and the reactor radius needs to be 5 μm. PMID:16494886

On the Maximum Storage Capacity of the Hopfield Model

PubMed Central

Folli, Viola; Leonetti, Marco; Ruocco, Giancarlo

2017-01-01

Recurrent neural networks (RNN) have traditionally been of great interest for their capacity to store memories. In past years, several works have been devoted to determine the maximum storage capacity of RNN, especially for the case of the Hopfield network, the most popular kind of RNN. Analyzing the thermodynamic limit of the statistical properties of the Hamiltonian corresponding to the Hopfield neural network, it has been shown in the literature that the retrieval errors diverge when the number of stored memory patterns (P) exceeds a fraction (≈ 14%) of the network size N. In this paper, we study the storage performance of a generalized Hopfield model, where the diagonal elements of the connection matrix are allowed to be different from zero. We investigate this model at finite N. We give an analytical expression for the number of retrieval errors and show that, by increasing the number of stored patterns over a certain threshold, the errors start to decrease and reach values below unit for P ≫ N. We demonstrate that the strongest trade-off between efficiency and effectiveness relies on the number of patterns (P) that are stored in the network by appropriately fixing the connection weights. When P≫N and the diagonal elements of the adjacency matrix are not forced to be zero, the optimal storage capacity is obtained with a number of stored memories much larger than previously reported. This theory paves the way to the design of RNN with high storage capacity and able to retrieve the desired pattern without distortions. PMID:28119595

46 CFR 61.15-5 - Steam piping.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... hydrostatic test equal to 11/4 times the maximum allowable working pressure at the same periods prescribed for boilers in § 61.05-10. The hydrostatic test shall be applied from the boiler drum to the throttle valve... should be subjected to a hydrostatic test at a pressure of 11/4 times the maximum allowable working...

Spectroscopic wear detector

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Madzsar, George C. (Inventor)

1993-01-01

The elemental composition of a material exposed to hot gases and subjected to wear is determined. Atoms of an elemental species not appearing in this material are implanted in a surface at a depth based on the maximum allowable wear. The exhaust gases are spectroscopically monitored to determine the exposure of these atoms when the maximum allowable wear is reached.

42 CFR 447.54 - Maximum allowable and nominal charges.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

..., any co-payments it imposes under a fee-for-service delivery system do not exceed the amounts shown in... Deductible, Coinsurance, Co-Payment Or Similar Cost-Sharing Charge § 447.54 Maximum allowable and nominal... paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section for comparable services under a fee-for-service delivery system. When...

42 CFR 447.54 - Maximum allowable and nominal charges.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

..., any co-payments it imposes under a fee-for-service delivery system do not exceed the amounts shown in... Deductible, Coinsurance, Co-Payment Or Similar Cost-Sharing Charge § 447.54 Maximum allowable and nominal... paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section for comparable services under a fee-for-service delivery system. When...

33 CFR 156.170 - Equipment tests and inspections.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... distort under static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (iv... static liquid pressure test is successfully completed in the presence of the COTP. The test medium is not... static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (5) Each item of...

33 CFR 156.170 - Equipment tests and inspections.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... distort under static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (iv... static liquid pressure test is successfully completed in the presence of the COTP. The test medium is not... static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (5) Each item of...

33 CFR 156.170 - Equipment tests and inspections.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... distort under static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (iv... static liquid pressure test is successfully completed in the presence of the COTP. The test medium is not... static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (5) Each item of...

75 FR 35265 - Safety Standard for Infant Walkers: Final Rule

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2010-06-21

... application, the maximum allowable displacement (i.e., movement) of the walker is 1.97 inches. The commenter... advocated increasing the maximum allowable displacement to 6 inches in accordance with ASTM F 2012. Response... playing with toys. The parking brake performance test should set limits on the displacement of the walker...

Colorado SIP: Reg 11, Motor Vehicle Emissions Inspection Program—Part F, Maximum Allowable Emissions Limits for Motor Vehicle Exhaust, Evaporative and Visible Emissions for Light-Duty and Heavy-Duty Vehicles

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

Colorado SIP: Reg 11, Motor Vehicle Emissions Inspection Program—Part F, Maximum Allowable Emissions Limits for Motor Vehicle Exhaust, Evaporative and Visible Emissions for Light-Duty and Heavy-Duty Vehicles

Forecasting of the selected features of Poaceae (R. Br.) Barnh., Artemisia L. and Ambrosia L. pollen season in Szczecin, north-western Poland, using Gumbel's distribution.

PubMed

Puc, Małgorzata; Wolski, Tomasz

2013-01-01

The allergenic pollen content of the atmosphere varies according to climate, biogeography and vegetation. Minimisation of the pollen allergy symptoms is related to the possibility of avoidance of large doses of the allergen. Measurements performed in Szczecin over a period of 13 years (2000-2012 inclusive) permitted prediction of theoretical maximum concentrations of pollen grains and their probability for the pollen season of Poaceae, Artemisia and Ambrosia. Moreover, the probabilities were determined of a given date as the beginning of the pollen season, the date of the maximum pollen count, Seasonal Pollen Index value and the number of days with pollen count above threshold values. Aerobiological monitoring was conducted using a Hirst volumetric trap (Lanzoni VPPS). Linear trend with determination coefficient (R(2)) was calculated. Model for long-term forecasting was performed by the method based on Gumbel's distribution. A statistically significant negative correlation was determined between the duration of pollen season of Poaceae and Artemisia and the Seasonal Pollen Index value. Seasonal, total pollen counts of Artemisia and Ambrosia showed a strong and statistically significant decreasing tendency. On the basis of Gumbel's distribution, a model was proposed for Szczecin, allowing prediction of the probabilities of the maximum pollen count values that can appear once in e.g. 5, 10 or 100 years. Short pollen seasons are characterised by a higher intensity of pollination than long ones. Prediction of the maximum pollen count values, dates of the pollen season beginning, and the number of days with pollen count above the threshold, on the basis of Gumbel's distribution, is expected to lead to improvement in the prophylaxis and therapy of persons allergic to pollen.

7 CFR 3565.210 - Maximum interest rate.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 7 Agriculture 15 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum interest rate. 3565.210 Section 3565.210... AGRICULTURE GUARANTEED RURAL RENTAL HOUSING PROGRAM Loan Requirements § 3565.210 Maximum interest rate. The interest rate for a guaranteed loan must not exceed the maximum allowable rate specified by the Agency in...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

A Statistical Guide to the Design of Deep Mutational Scanning Experiments

PubMed Central

Matuszewski, Sebastian; Hildebrandt, Marcel E.; Ghenu, Ana-Hermina; Jensen, Jeffrey D.; Bank, Claudia

2016-01-01

The characterization of the distribution of mutational effects is a key goal in evolutionary biology. Recently developed deep-sequencing approaches allow for accurate and simultaneous estimation of the fitness effects of hundreds of engineered mutations by monitoring their relative abundance across time points in a single bulk competition. Naturally, the achievable resolution of the estimated fitness effects depends on the specific experimental setup, the organism and type of mutations studied, and the sequencing technology utilized, among other factors. By means of analytical approximations and simulations, we provide guidelines for optimizing time-sampled deep-sequencing bulk competition experiments, focusing on the number of mutants, the sequencing depth, and the number of sampled time points. Our analytical results show that sampling more time points together with extending the duration of the experiment improves the achievable precision disproportionately compared with increasing the sequencing depth or reducing the number of competing mutants. Even if the duration of the experiment is fixed, sampling more time points and clustering these at the beginning and the end of the experiment increase experimental power and allow for efficient and precise assessment of the entire range of selection coefficients. Finally, we provide a formula for calculating the 95%-confidence interval for the measurement error estimate, which we implement as an interactive web tool. This allows for quantification of the maximum expected a priori precision of the experimental setup, as well as for a statistical threshold for determining deviations from neutrality for specific selection coefficient estimates. PMID:27412710

Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Selected Airborne Contaminants. Volume 2

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1996-01-01

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) is aware of the potential toxicological hazards to humans that might be associated with prolonged spacecraft missions. Despite major engineering advances in controlling the atmosphere within spacecraft, some contamination of the air appears inevitable. NASA has measured numerous airborne contaminants during space missions. As the missions increase in duration and complexity, ensuring the health and well-being of astronauts traveling and working in this unique environment becomes increasingly difficult. As part of its efforts to promote safe conditions aboard spacecraft, NASA requested the National Research Council (NRC) to develop guidelines for establishing spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMACs) for contaminants, and to review SMACs for various space-craft contaminants to determine whether NASA's recommended exposure limits are consistent with the guidelines recommended by the subcommittee. In response to NASA's request, the NRC organized the Subcommittee on Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants within the Committee On Toxicology (COT). In the first phase of its work, the subcommittee developed the criteria and methods for preparing SMACs for spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee's report, entitled Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants, was published in 1992. The executive summary of that report is reprinted as Appendix A of this volume. In the second phase of the study, the Subcommittee on Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations reviewed reports prepared by NASA scientists and contractors recommending SMACs for approximately 35 spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee sought to determine whether the SMAC reports were consistent with the 1992 guidelines. Appendix B of this volume contains the SMAC reports for 12 chemical contaminants that have been reviewed for their application of the guidelines developed in the first phase of this activity and approved by the subcommittee. This report is the second volume in the series Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants. The first volume was published in 1994.

Design optimization of large-size format edge-lit light guide units

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hastanin, J.; Lenaerts, C.; Fleury-Frenette, K.

2016-04-01

In this paper, we present an original method of dot pattern generation dedicated to large-size format light guide plate (LGP) design optimization, such as photo-bioreactors, the number of dots greatly exceeds the maximum allowable number of optical objects supported by most common ray-tracing software. In the proposed method, in order to simplify the computational problem, the original optical system is replaced by an equivalent one. Accordingly, an original dot pattern is splitted into multiple small sections, inside which the dot size variation is less than the ink dots printing typical resolution. Then, these sections are replaced by equivalent cells with continuous diffusing film. After that, we adjust the TIS (Total Integrated Scatter) two-dimensional distribution over the grid of equivalent cells, using an iterative optimization procedure. Finally, the obtained optimal TIS distribution is converted into the dot size distribution by applying an appropriate conversion rule. An original semi-empirical equation dedicated to rectangular large-size LGPs is proposed for the initial guess of TIS distribution. It allows significantly reduce the total time needed to dot pattern optimization.

The use of laminar tube flow in the study of hydrodynamic and chemical influences on polymer flocculation of Escherichia coli.

PubMed

Whittington, P N; George, N

1992-08-05

The optimization of microbial flocculation for subsequent biomass separation must relate the floc properties to separation process criteria. The effects of flocculant type, dose, and hydrodynamic conditions on floc formation in laminar tube flow were determined for an Escherichia coli system. Combined with an on-line aggregation sensor, this technique allows the flocculation process to be rapidly optimized. This is important, because interbatch variation in fermentation broth has consequences for flocculation control and subsequent downstream processing. Changing tube diameter and length while maintaining a constant flow rate allowed independent study of the effects of shear and time on the flocculation rate and floc characteristics. Tube flow at higher shear rates increased the rate and completeness of flocculation, but reduced the maximum floc size attained. The mechanism for this size limitation does not appear to be fracture or erosion of existing flocs. Rearrangement of particles within the flocs appears to be most likely. The Camp number predicted the extent of flocculation obtained in terms of the reduction in primary particle number, but not in terms of floc size.

Modeling the impact of climate variability on diarrhea-associated diseases in Taiwan (1996-2007).

PubMed

Chou, Wei-Chun; Wu, Jiunn-Lin; Wang, Yu-Chun; Huang, Hsin; Sung, Fung-Chang; Chuang, Chun-Yu

2010-12-01

Diarrhea is an important public health problem in Taiwan. Climatic changes and an increase in extreme weather events (extreme heat, drought or rainfalls) have been strongly linked to the incidence of diarrhea-associated disease. This study investigated and quantified the relationship between climate variations and diarrhea-associated morbidity in subtropical Taiwan. Specifically, this study analyzed the local climatic variables and the number of diarrhea-associated infection cases from 1996 to 2007. This study applied a climate variation-guided Poisson regression model to predict the dynamics of diarrhea-associated morbidity. The proposed model allows for climate factors (relative humidity, maximum temperature and the numbers of extreme rainfall), autoregression, long-term trends and seasonality, and a lag-time effect. Results indicated that the maximum temperature and extreme rainfall days were strongly related to diarrhea-associated morbidity. The impact of maximum temperature on diarrhea-associated morbidity appeared primarily among children (0-14years) and older adults (40-64years), and had less of an effect on adults (15-39years). Otherwise, relative humidity and extreme rainfall days significantly contributed to the diarrhea-associated morbidity in adult. This suggested that children and older adults were the most susceptible to diarrhea-associated morbidity caused by climatic variation. Because climatic variation contributed to diarrhea morbidity in Taiwan, it is necessary to develop an early warning system based on the climatic variation information for disease control management. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

How rare is complex life in the Milky Way?

PubMed

Bounama, Christine; von Bloh, Werner; Franck, Siegfried

2007-10-01

An integrated Earth system model was applied to calculate the number of habitable Earth-analog planets that are likely to have developed primitive (unicellular) and complex (multicellular) life in extrasolar planetary systems. The model is based on the global carbon cycle mediated by life and driven by increasing stellar luminosity and plate tectonics. We assumed that the hypothetical primitive and complex life forms differed in their temperature limits and CO(2) tolerances. Though complex life would be more vulnerable to environmental stress, its presence would amplify weathering processes on a terrestrial planet. The model allowed us to calculate the average number of Earth-analog planets that may harbor such life by using the formation rate of Earth-like planets in the Milky Way as well as the size of a habitable zone that could support primitive and complex life forms. The number of planets predicted to bear complex life was found to be approximately 2 orders of magnitude lower than the number predicted for primitive life forms. Our model predicted a maximum abundance of such planets around 1.8 Ga ago and allowed us to calculate the average distance between potentially habitable planets in the Milky Way. If the model predictions are accurate, the future missions DARWIN (up to a probability of 65%) and TPF (up to 20%) are likely to detect at least one planet with a biosphere composed of complex life.

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

Evaluation of the Maximum Allowable Cost Program

PubMed Central

Lee, A. James; Hefner, Dennis; Dobson, Allen; Hardy, Ralph

1983-01-01

This article summarizes an evaluation of the Maximum Allowable Cost (MAC)-Estimated Acquisition Cost (EAC) program, the Federal Government's cost-containment program for prescription drugs.1 The MAC-EAC regulations which became effective on August 26, 1976, have four major components: (1) Maximum Allowable Cost reimbursement limits for selected multisource or generically available drugs; (2) Estimated Acquisition Cost reimbursement limits for all drugs; (3) “usual and customary” reimbursement limits for all drugs; and (4) a directive that professional fee studies be performed by each State. The study examines the benefits and costs of the MAC reimbursement limits for 15 dosage forms of five multisource drugs and EAC reimbursement limits for all drugs for five selected States as of 1979. PMID:10309857

Generalized site occupancy models allowing for false positive and false negative errors

USGS Publications Warehouse

Royle, J. Andrew; Link, W.A.

2006-01-01

Site occupancy models have been developed that allow for imperfect species detection or ?false negative? observations. Such models have become widely adopted in surveys of many taxa. The most fundamental assumption underlying these models is that ?false positive? errors are not possible. That is, one cannot detect a species where it does not occur. However, such errors are possible in many sampling situations for a number of reasons, and even low false positive error rates can induce extreme bias in estimates of site occupancy when they are not accounted for. In this paper, we develop a model for site occupancy that allows for both false negative and false positive error rates. This model can be represented as a two-component finite mixture model and can be easily fitted using freely available software. We provide an analysis of avian survey data using the proposed model and present results of a brief simulation study evaluating the performance of the maximum-likelihood estimator and the naive estimator in the presence of false positive errors.

Gauging the Nearness and Size of Cycle Maximum

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wilson, Robert M.; Hathaway, David H.

2003-01-01

A simple method for monitoring the nearness and size of conventional cycle maximum for an ongoing sunspot cycle is examined. The method uses the observed maximum daily value and the maximum monthly mean value of international sunspot number and the maximum value of the 2-mo moving average of monthly mean sunspot number to effect the estimation. For cycle 23, a maximum daily value of 246, a maximum monthly mean of 170.1, and a maximum 2-mo moving average of 148.9 were each observed in July 2000. Taken together, these values strongly suggest that conventional maximum amplitude for cycle 23 would be approx. 124.5, occurring near July 2002 +/-5 mo, very close to the now well-established conventional maximum amplitude and occurrence date for cycle 23-120.8 in April 2000.

An improved waste collection system for space flight

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Thornton, William E.; Lofland, William W., Jr.; Whitmore, Henry

1986-01-01

Waste collection systems are a critical part of manned space flight. Systems to date have had a number of deficiencies. A new system, which uses a simple mechanical piston compactor and disposable pads allows a clean area for defecation and maximum efficiency of waste collection and storage. The concept has been extensively tested. Flight demonstration units are being built, tested, and scheduled for flight. A prototype operational unit is under construction. This system offers several advantages over existing or planned systems in the areas of crew interface and operation, cost, size, weight, and maintenance and power consumption.

Optical antenna gain. I - Transmitting antennas

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Klein, B. J.; Degnan, J. J.

1974-01-01

The gain of centrally obscured optical transmitting antennas is analyzed in detail. The calculations, resulting in near- and far-field antenna gain patterns, assume a circular antenna illuminated by a laser operating in the TEM-00 mode. A simple polynomial equation is derived for matching the incident source distribution to a general antenna configuration for maximum on-axis gain. An interpretation of the resultant gain curves allows a number of auxiliary design curves to be drawn that display the losses in antenna gain due to pointing errors and the cone angle of the beam in the far field as a function of antenna aperture size and its central obscuration. The results are presented in a series of graphs that allow the rapid and accurate evaluation of the antenna gain which may then be substituted into the conventional range equation.

Electromagnetic processes during phase commutation in field regulated reluctance machine

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shishkov, A. N.; Sychev, D. A.; Zemlyansky, A. A.; Krupnova, M. N.; Funk, T. A.; Ishmet'eva, V. D.

2018-03-01

The processes of currents switching in stator windings have been explained by the existence of the electromagnetic torque ripples in the electric drive with the field-regulated reluctance machine. The maximum value of ripples in the open loop control system for the six-phase machine can reach 20 percent from the developed electromagnetic torque. This method allows one to make calculation of ripple spike towards average torque developed by the electromotor for the different number of phases. Application of a trapezoidal form of current at six phases became the solution. In case of a less number of phases than six, a ripple spike considerably increases, which is inadmissible. On the other hand, increasing the number of phases tends to the increase of the semiconductor inverter external dimensions based on the inconspicuous decreasing of a ripple spike. The creation and usage of high-speed control loops of current (HCLC) have been recommended for a reduction of the electromagnetic torque’s ripple level, as well as the appliance of positive current feedback in switching phase currents. This decision allowed one to receive a mean value of the torque more than 10%, compared to system without change, to reduce greatly ripple spike of the electromagnetic torque. The possibility of the electric drive effective operation with FRRM in emergency operation has been shown.

Does the Hall Effect Solve the Flux Pileup Saturation Problem?

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Dorelli, John C.

2010-01-01

It is well known that magnetic flux pileup can significantly speed up the rate of magnetic reconnection in high Lundquist number resistive MHD,allowing reconnection to proceed at a rate which is insensitive to the plasma resistivity over a wide range of Lundquist number. Hence, pileup is a possible solution to the Sweet-Parker time scale problem. Unfortunately, pileup tends to saturate above a critical value of the Lundquist number, S_c, where the value ofS_c depends on initial and boundary conditions, with Sweet-Parker scaling returning above S_c. It has been argued (see Dorelli and Bim [2003] and Dorelli [2003]) that the Hall effect can allow flux pileup to saturate (when the scale of the current sheet approaches ion inertial scale, di) before the reconnection rate begins to stall. However, the resulting saturated reconnection rate, while insensitive to the plasma resistivity, was found to depend strongly on the di. In this presentation, we revisit the problem of magnetic island coalescence (which is a well known example of flux pileup reconnection), addressing the dependence of the maximum coalescence rate on the ratio of di in the "large island" limit in which the following inequality is always satisfied: l_eta di lambda, where I_eta is the resistive diffusion length and lambda is the island wavelength.

Study of motion of optimal bodies in the soil of grid method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kotov, V. L.; Linnik, E. Yu

2016-11-01

The paper presents a method of calculating the optimum forms in axisymmetric numerical method based on the Godunov and models elastoplastic soil vedium Grigoryan. Solved two problems in a certain definition of generetrix rotation of the body of a given length and radius of the base, having a minimum impedance and maximum penetration depth. Numerical calculations are carried out by a modified method of local variations, which allows to significantly reduce the number of operations at different representations of generetrix. Significantly simplify the process of searching for optimal body allows the use of a quadratic model of local interaction for preliminary assessments. It is noted the qualitative similarity of the process of convergence of numerical calculations for solving the optimization problem based on local interaction model and within the of continuum mechanics. A comparison of the optimal bodies with absolutely optimal bodies possessing the minimum resistance of penetration below which is impossible to achieve under given constraints on the geometry. It is shown that the conical striker with a variable vertex angle, which equal to the angle of the solution is absolutely optimal body of minimum resistance of penetration for each value of the velocity of implementation will have a final depth of penetration is only 12% more than the traditional body absolutely optimal maximum depth penetration.

Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Airborne Contaminants

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

James, John T.

2008-01-01

The enclosed table lists official spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMACs), which are guideline values set by the NASA/JSC Toxicology Group in cooperation with the National Research Council Committee on Toxicology (NRCCOT). These values should not be used for situations other than human space flight without careful consideration of the criteria used to set each value. The SMACs take into account a number of unique factors such as the effect of space-flight stress on human physiology, the uniform good health of the astronauts, and the absence of pregnant or very young individuals. Documentation of the values is given in a 5 volume series of books entitled "Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Selected Airborne Contaminants" published by the National Academy Press, Washington, D.C. These books can be viewed electronically at http://books.nap.edu/openbook.php?record_id=9786&page=3. Short-term (1 and 24 hour) SMACs are set to manage accidental releases aboard a spacecraft and permit risk of minor, reversible effects such as mild mucosal irritation. In contrast, the long-term SMACs are set to fully protect healthy crewmembers from adverse effects resulting from continuous exposure to specific air pollutants for up to 1000 days. Crewmembers with allergies or unusual sensitivity to trace pollutants may not be afforded complete protection, even when long-term SMACs are not exceeded. Crewmember exposures involve a mixture of contaminants, each at a specific concentration (C(sub n)). These contaminants could interact to elicit symptoms of toxicity even though individual contaminants do not exceed their respective SMACs. The air quality is considered acceptable when the toxicity index (T(sub grp)) for each toxicological group of compounds is less than 1, where T(sub grp), is calculated as follows: T(sub grp) = C(sub 1)/SMAC(sub 1) + C(sub 2/SMAC(sub 2) + ...+C(sub n)/SMAC(sub n).

Nash equilibrium strategy in the deregulated power industry and comparing its lost welfare with Iran wholesale electricity market

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mousavi, Seyed Hosein; Nazemi, Ali; Hafezalkotob, Ashkan

2016-09-01

With the increasing use of different types of auctions in market designing, modeling of participants' behaviors to evaluate the market structure is one of the main discussions in the studies related to the deregulated power industries. In this article, we apply an approach of the optimal bidding behavior to the Iran wholesale electricity market as a restructured electric power industry and model how the participants of the market bid in the spot electricity market. The problem is formulated analytically using the Nash equilibrium concept composed of large numbers of players having discrete and very large strategy spaces. Then, we compute and draw supply curve of the competitive market in which all generators' proposed prices are equal to their marginal costs and supply curve of the real market in which the pricing mechanism is pay-as-bid. We finally calculate the lost welfare or inefficiency of the Nash equilibrium and the real market by comparing their supply curves with the competitive curve. We examine 3 cases on November 24 (2 cases) and July 24 (1 case), 2012. It is observed that in the Nash equilibrium on November 24 and demand of 23,487 MW, there are 212 allowed plants for the first case (plants are allowed to choose any quantity of generation except one of them that should be equal to maximum Power) and the economic efficiency or social welfare of Nash equilibrium is 2.77 times as much as the real market. In addition, there are 184 allowed plants for the second case (plants should offer their maximum power with different prices) and the efficiency or social welfare of Nash equilibrium is 3.6 times as much as the real market. On July 24 and demand of 42,421 MW, all 370 plants should generate maximum energy due to the high electricity demand that the economic efficiency or social welfare of the Nash equilibrium is about 2 times as much as the real market.

A randomized open-label trial of on-demand rabeprazole vs ranitidine for patients with non-erosive reflux disease

PubMed Central

Kobeissy, Abdallah A; Hashash, Jana G; Jamali, Faek R; Skoury, Assaad M; Haddad, Reham; El-Samad, Sarah; Ladki, Rami; Aswad, Rola; Soweid, Assaad M

2012-01-01

AIM: To compare the efficacy of the proton-pump inhibitor, rabeprazole, with that of the H2-receptor antagonist, ranitidine, as on-demand therapy for relieving symptoms associated with non-erosive reflux disease (NERD). METHODS: This is a single center, prospective, randomized, open-label trial of on-demand therapy with rabeprazole (group A) vs ranitidine (group B) for 4 wk. Eighty-three patients who presented to the American University of Beirut Medical Center with persistent gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) symptoms and a normal upper gastrointestinal endoscopy were eligible for the study. Patients in group A (n = 44) were allowed a maximum rabeprazole dose of 20 mg twice daily, while those in group B (n = 39) were allowed a maximum ranitidine dose of 300 mg twice daily. Efficacy was assessed by patient evaluation of global symptom relief, scores of the SF-36 quality of life (QoL) questionnaires, total number of pills used, and number of medication-free days. RESULTS: Among the 83 patients who were enrolled in the study, 76 patients (40 in the rabeprazole group and 36 in the ranitidine group) completed the 4-wk trial. Baseline characteristics were comparable between both groups. After 4 wk, there was no significant difference in the subjective global symptom relief between the rabeprazole and the ranitidine groups (71.4% vs 65.4%, respectively; P = 0.9). There were no statistically significant differences between mean cumulative scores of the SF-36 QoL questionnaire for the two study groups (rabeprazole 22.40 ± 27.53 vs ranitidine 17.28 ± 37.06; P = 0.582). There was no significant difference in the mean number of pills used (rabeprazole 35.70 ± 29.75 vs ranitidine 32.86 ± 26.98; P = 0.66). There was also no statistically significant difference in the mean number of medication-free days between both groups. CONCLUSION: Rabeprazole has a comparable efficacy compared to ranitidine when given on-demand for the treatment of NERD. Both medications were associated with improved quality of life. PMID:22654431

A randomized open-label trial of on-demand rabeprazole vs ranitidine for patients with non-erosive reflux disease.

PubMed

Kobeissy, Abdallah A; Hashash, Jana G; Jamali, Faek R; Skoury, Assaad M; Haddad, Reham; El-Samad, Sarah; Ladki, Rami; Aswad, Rola; Soweid, Assaad M

2012-05-21

To compare the efficacy of the proton-pump inhibitor, rabeprazole, with that of the H₂-receptor antagonist, ranitidine, as on-demand therapy for relieving symptoms associated with non-erosive reflux disease (NERD). This is a single center, prospective, randomized, open-label trial of on-demand therapy with rabeprazole (group A) vs ranitidine (group B) for 4 wk. Eighty-three patients who presented to the American University of Beirut Medical Center with persistent gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) symptoms and a normal upper gastrointestinal endoscopy were eligible for the study. Patients in group A (n = 44) were allowed a maximum rabeprazole dose of 20 mg twice daily, while those in group B (n = 39) were allowed a maximum ranitidine dose of 300 mg twice daily. Efficacy was assessed by patient evaluation of global symptom relief, scores of the SF-36 quality of life (QoL) questionnaires, total number of pills used, and number of medication-free days. Among the 83 patients who were enrolled in the study, 76 patients (40 in the rabeprazole group and 36 in the ranitidine group) completed the 4-wk trial. Baseline characteristics were comparable between both groups. After 4 wk, there was no significant difference in the subjective global symptom relief between the rabeprazole and the ranitidine groups (71.4% vs 65.4%, respectively; P = 0.9). There were no statistically significant differences between mean cumulative scores of the SF-36 QoL questionnaire for the two study groups (rabeprazole 22.40 ± 27.53 vs ranitidine 17.28 ± 37.06; P = 0.582). There was no significant difference in the mean number of pills used (rabeprazole 35.70 ± 29.75 vs ranitidine 32.86 ± 26.98; P = 0.66). There was also no statistically significant difference in the mean number of medication-free days between both groups. Rabeprazole has a comparable efficacy compared to ranitidine when given on-demand for the treatment of NERD. Both medications were associated with improved quality of life.

Climate effect on forest fire static risk assessment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bodini, Antonella; Cossu, Antonello; Entrade, Erika; Fiorucci, Paolo; Gaetani, Francesco; Parodi, Ulderica

2010-05-01

The availability of a long data series of fire perimeters combined with a detailed knowledge of topography and land cover allow to understand which are the main features involved in forest fire occurrences and their behaviour. In addition, climate indexes obtained from the analysis of time series with more than 20 years of complete records allow to understand the role of climate on fire regime, both in terms of direct effects on fire behaviour and the effect on vegetation cover. In particular, indices of extreme events have been considered like CDD (maximum number of consecutive dry days) and HWDI (heat wave duration index: maximum period > 5 consecutive days with Tmax >5°C above the 1961-1990 daily Tmax normal), together with the usual indices describing rainfall and temperature regimes. As a matter of fact, based on this information it is possible to develop statistical methods for the objective classification of forest fire static risk at regional scale. Two different case studies are presented in this work: Regione Liguria and Regione Sardegna (Italy). Both regions are in the center of the Mediterranean and are characterized by a high number of fires and burned area. However, the two regions have very different fire regimes. Sardinia is affected by the fire phenomenon only in summer whilst Liguria is affected by fires also in winter, with higher number of fires and larger burned area. In addition, the two region are very different in vegetation cover. The presence of Mediterranean conifers, (Pinus Pinaster, Pinus Nigra, Pinus halepensis) is quite spread in Liguria and is almost absent in Sardinia. What is common in the two regions is the widespread presence of shrub species frequently spread by fire. The analysis in the two regions thus allows in a rather limited area to consider almost all the species and the climate conditions that characterize the Mediterranean region. More than 10000 fire perimeters that burnt about 800 km2 were considered in the analysis. The analysis has been carried out at 20 m spatial resolution. Some important considerations relating to climate and the territorial features that characterize the fire regime in the considered regions contribute to better understand the forest fire phenomena. These results allow to define new strategies for forest fire prevention and management extendable to other geographical areas. This research is part of the project PROTERINA C, funded by the EU under the Italy-France Maritime Programme, aiming at investigating the effects that climate change could have on the environment (fuels).

Studies of the ionospheric turbulence excited by the fourth gyroharmonic at HAARP

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Najmi, A.; Milikh, G.; Yampolski, Y. M.; Koloskov, A. V.; Sopin, A. A.; Zalizovski, A.; Bernhardt, P.; Briczinski, S.; Siefring, C.; Chiang, K.; Morton, Y.; Taylor, S.; Mahmoudian, A.; Bristow, W.; Ruohoniemi, M.; Papadopoulos, K.

2015-08-01

A study is presented of artificial ionospheric turbulence (AIT) induced by HF heating at High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) using frequencies close to the fourth electron gyroharmonic, in a broad range of radiated powers and using a number of different diagnostics. The diagnostics include GPS scintillations, ground-based stimulated electromagnetic emission (SEE), the HAARP ionosonde, Kodiak radar, and signals received at the Ukrainian Antarctic Station (UAS). The latter allowed analysis of waves scattered by the AIT into the ionospheric waveguide along Earth's terminator, 15.6 mm from the HAARP facility. For the first time, the amplitudes of two prominent SEE features, the downshifted maximum and broad upshifted maximum, were observed to saturate at ~50% of the maximum HAARP effective radiated power. Nonlinear effects in slant total electron content, SEE, and signals received at UAS at different transmitted frequencies and intensities of the pump wave were observed. The correlations between the data from different detectors demonstrate that the scattered waves reach UAS by the waveguide along the Earth's terminator, and that they were injected into the waveguide by scattering off of artificial striations produced by AIT above HAARP, rather than via direct injection from sidelobe radiation.

Trends in impact factors of ophthalmology journals.

PubMed

Vainer, Igor; Mimouni, Francis; Blumenthal, Eytan Z; Mimouni, Michael

2016-09-01

To test whether there is an association between the growth in the number of ophthalmic journals in the past years and their mean and maximum impact factor (IF) as a common sign of scientific proliferation. Using data from the 2013 Journal Citation Report database a study of the major clinical medical fields was conducted to assess the correlation between the number of journals and maximum IF in a given field in the year 2013. In the field of ophthalmology, we examined the correlation between year, number of journals, mean IF and maximum IF in the field of ophthalmology throughout the years 2000-2013. In the major medical fields, a positive correlation was found between the number of journals and the maximum IF (quadratic R2 = 0.71, P< 0.001). When studying the field of ophthalmology a positive correlation between the number of journals and mean IF (R2 = 0.84, P< 0.001) and between number of journals and maximum IF (R2 = 0.71, P< 0.001) was detected. Our findings suggest that the variation in the IF can be explained by the number of journals in the field of ophthalmology. In the future, the formation of additional ophthalmology journals is likely to further increase the IFs of existing journals.

Trends in impact factors of ophthalmology journals

PubMed Central

Vainer, Igor; Mimouni, Francis; Blumenthal, Eytan Z; Mimouni, Michael

2016-01-01

Purpose: To test whether there is an association between the growth in the number of ophthalmic journals in the past years and their mean and maximum impact factor (IF) as a common sign of scientific proliferation. Methods: Using data from the 2013 Journal Citation Report database a study of the major clinical medical fields was conducted to assess the correlation between the number of journals and maximum IF in a given field in the year 2013. In the field of ophthalmology, we examined the correlation between year, number of journals, mean IF and maximum IF in the field of ophthalmology throughout the years 2000–2013. Results: In the major medical fields, a positive correlation was found between the number of journals and the maximum IF (quadratic R2 = 0.71, P < 0.001). When studying the field of ophthalmology a positive correlation between the number of journals and mean IF (R2 = 0.84, P < 0.001) and between number of journals and maximum IF (R2 = 0.71, P < 0.001) was detected. Conclusions: Our findings suggest that the variation in the IF can be explained by the number of journals in the field of ophthalmology. In the future, the formation of additional ophthalmology journals is likely to further increase the IFs of existing journals. PMID:27853016

Equivalence between Step Selection Functions and Biased Correlated Random Walks for Statistical Inference on Animal Movement.

PubMed

Duchesne, Thierry; Fortin, Daniel; Rivest, Louis-Paul

2015-01-01

Animal movement has a fundamental impact on population and community structure and dynamics. Biased correlated random walks (BCRW) and step selection functions (SSF) are commonly used to study movements. Because no studies have contrasted the parameters and the statistical properties of their estimators for models constructed under these two Lagrangian approaches, it remains unclear whether or not they allow for similar inference. First, we used the Weak Law of Large Numbers to demonstrate that the log-likelihood function for estimating the parameters of BCRW models can be approximated by the log-likelihood of SSFs. Second, we illustrated the link between the two approaches by fitting BCRW with maximum likelihood and with SSF to simulated movement data in virtual environments and to the trajectory of bison (Bison bison L.) trails in natural landscapes. Using simulated and empirical data, we found that the parameters of a BCRW estimated directly from maximum likelihood and by fitting an SSF were remarkably similar. Movement analysis is increasingly used as a tool for understanding the influence of landscape properties on animal distribution. In the rapidly developing field of movement ecology, management and conservation biologists must decide which method they should implement to accurately assess the determinants of animal movement. We showed that BCRW and SSF can provide similar insights into the environmental features influencing animal movements. Both techniques have advantages. BCRW has already been extended to allow for multi-state modeling. Unlike BCRW, however, SSF can be estimated using most statistical packages, it can simultaneously evaluate habitat selection and movement biases, and can easily integrate a large number of movement taxes at multiple scales. SSF thus offers a simple, yet effective, statistical technique to identify movement taxis.

Bose-Einstein condensation of light: general theory.

PubMed

Sob'yanin, Denis Nikolaevich

2013-08-01

A theory of Bose-Einstein condensation of light in a dye-filled optical microcavity is presented. The theory is based on the hierarchical maximum entropy principle and allows one to investigate the fluctuating behavior of the photon gas in the microcavity for all numbers of photons, dye molecules, and excitations at all temperatures, including the whole critical region. The master equation describing the interaction between photons and dye molecules in the microcavity is derived and the equivalence between the hierarchical maximum entropy principle and the master equation approach is shown. The cases of a fixed mean total photon number and a fixed total excitation number are considered, and a much sharper, nonparabolic onset of a macroscopic Bose-Einstein condensation of light in the latter case is demonstrated. The theory does not use the grand canonical approximation, takes into account the photon polarization degeneracy, and exactly describes the microscopic, mesoscopic, and macroscopic Bose-Einstein condensation of light. Under certain conditions, it predicts sub-Poissonian statistics of the photon condensate and the polarized photon condensate, and a universal relation takes place between the degrees of second-order coherence for these condensates. In the macroscopic case, there appear a sharp jump in the degrees of second-order coherence, a sharp jump and kink in the reduced standard deviations of the fluctuating numbers of photons in the polarized and whole condensates, and a sharp peak, a cusp, of the Mandel parameter for the whole condensate in the critical region. The possibility of nonclassical light generation in the microcavity with the photon Bose-Einstein condensate is predicted.

Crops Models for Varying Environmental Conditions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Jones, Harry; Cavazzoni, James; Keas, Paul

2001-01-01

New variable environment Modified Energy Cascade (MEC) crop models were developed for all the Advanced Life Support (ALS) candidate crops and implemented in SIMULINK. The MEC models are based on the Volk, Bugbee, and Wheeler Energy Cascade (EC) model and are derived from more recent Top-Level Energy Cascade (TLEC) models. The MEC models simulate crop plant responses to day-to-day changes in photosynthetic photon flux, photoperiod, carbon dioxide level, temperature, and relative humidity. The original EC model allows changes in light energy but uses a less accurate linear approximation. The simulation outputs of the new MEC models for constant nominal environmental conditions are very similar to those of earlier EC models that use parameters produced by the TLEC models. There are a few differences. The new MEC models allow setting the time for seed emergence, have realistic exponential canopy growth, and have corrected harvest dates for potato and tomato. The new MEC models indicate that the maximum edible biomass per meter squared per day is produced at the maximum allowed carbon dioxide level, the nominal temperatures, and the maximum light input. Reducing the carbon dioxide level from the maximum to the minimum allowed in the model reduces crop production significantly. Increasing temperature decreases production more than it decreases the time to harvest, so productivity in edible biomass per meter squared per day is greater at nominal than maximum temperatures, The productivity in edible biomass per meter squared per day is greatest at the maximum light energy input allowed in the model, but the edible biomass produced per light energy input unit is lower than at nominal light levels. Reducing light levels increases light and power use efficiency. The MEC models suggest we can adjust the light energy day-to- day to accommodate power shortages or Lise excess power while monitoring and controlling edible biomass production.

A Statistical Guide to the Design of Deep Mutational Scanning Experiments.

PubMed

Matuszewski, Sebastian; Hildebrandt, Marcel E; Ghenu, Ana-Hermina; Jensen, Jeffrey D; Bank, Claudia

2016-09-01

The characterization of the distribution of mutational effects is a key goal in evolutionary biology. Recently developed deep-sequencing approaches allow for accurate and simultaneous estimation of the fitness effects of hundreds of engineered mutations by monitoring their relative abundance across time points in a single bulk competition. Naturally, the achievable resolution of the estimated fitness effects depends on the specific experimental setup, the organism and type of mutations studied, and the sequencing technology utilized, among other factors. By means of analytical approximations and simulations, we provide guidelines for optimizing time-sampled deep-sequencing bulk competition experiments, focusing on the number of mutants, the sequencing depth, and the number of sampled time points. Our analytical results show that sampling more time points together with extending the duration of the experiment improves the achievable precision disproportionately compared with increasing the sequencing depth or reducing the number of competing mutants. Even if the duration of the experiment is fixed, sampling more time points and clustering these at the beginning and the end of the experiment increase experimental power and allow for efficient and precise assessment of the entire range of selection coefficients. Finally, we provide a formula for calculating the 95%-confidence interval for the measurement error estimate, which we implement as an interactive web tool. This allows for quantification of the maximum expected a priori precision of the experimental setup, as well as for a statistical threshold for determining deviations from neutrality for specific selection coefficient estimates. Copyright © 2016 by the Genetics Society of America.

Population Synthesis of Radio and Gamma-ray Pulsars using the Maximum Likelihood Approach

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Billman, Caleb; Gonthier, P. L.; Harding, A. K.

2012-01-01

We present the results of a pulsar population synthesis of normal pulsars from the Galactic disk using a maximum likelihood method. We seek to maximize the likelihood of a set of parameters in a Monte Carlo population statistics code to better understand their uncertainties and the confidence region of the model's parameter space. The maximum likelihood method allows for the use of more applicable Poisson statistics in the comparison of distributions of small numbers of detected gamma-ray and radio pulsars. Our code simulates pulsars at birth using Monte Carlo techniques and evolves them to the present assuming initial spatial, kick velocity, magnetic field, and period distributions. Pulsars are spun down to the present and given radio and gamma-ray emission characteristics. We select measured distributions of radio pulsars from the Parkes Multibeam survey and Fermi gamma-ray pulsars to perform a likelihood analysis of the assumed model parameters such as initial period and magnetic field, and radio luminosity. We present the results of a grid search of the parameter space as well as a search for the maximum likelihood using a Markov Chain Monte Carlo method. We express our gratitude for the generous support of the Michigan Space Grant Consortium, of the National Science Foundation (REU and RUI), the NASA Astrophysics Theory and Fundamental Program and the NASA Fermi Guest Investigator Program.

Ram-Jet off Design Performances

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Andriani, Roberto; Ghezzi, Umberto

2002-01-01

In this work it is intended to study the off-design performances of a ram jet engine. To this purpouse it has been analyzed in a first time the behaviour of an ideal engine, that means to not consider the losses in the various components, or, under a thermodynamic point of view, to consider the fluid transformation through the air intake and exhaust nozzle, remembering that in a ram jet there are not rotating components as compressor and turbine, isentropic. Referring to the ram-jet scheme of fig.1. we can say, neglecting the fuel introduced, that the air mass flow rate throughout the engine is constant. If we consider the two control sections 4 and 8, respectively the throat section of the converging-diverging supersonic inlet and the throat section of the discharge nozzle, the condition of constant mass flow leads to the relation: m4 =f (M 4 ) m8 = m 4 = m8 We can imaging that the throat section # 4 is always choked for any value of the flight Mach number M0. This means that the throat section 4 is adjusted at any value of M0 so that the flow Mach number in 4 is equal to unity. In this it follows: R. Andriani, U. Ghezzi1 Since in an ideal case T t8 The relation [1] allows to determine the T8 temperature, that represent the maximum cycle temperature, for different operating conditions, as flight Mach number and altitude. We then have two cases: the first is A8 (nozzle throat section) fixed, and the second is A8 variable. In the first case the maximum temperature T8 is univocally determined by the operating condition. In the second case A8 can be varied so to maintain T8 at a chosen value. The graphic of fig.2 shows the first case. In particular it has been considered as design point an altitude of 15000 meters and a flight Mach number equal to 2. In this condition it has been evaluated the section A8 for unity mass flow rate. At the same altitude, varying the flight Mach number, with the section A4 always choked, the graphic shows the variation of the maximum cycle temperature according to the equation *. We notice as the temperature raises to unacceptable levels as we accelerate from the design point. For instance we can see as if we move to flight Mach number 2.2 the maximum temperature raises from 1800 Kelvin degrees (design point) to more than 2900 [K], a value practically unreachable. This shows as the ramjet with fixed discharge nozzle allows very little variation of the operating conditions around the design point. If we consider instead the possibility to vary the nozzle section A8 we can imagine to adjust it so to maintain constant the temperature T8, according to the relation *. The graphics of fig.3 show the area variation required to the section A8 to maintain constant the temperature T8 at the same altitude for different values of the flight Mach number. Considering a circular section, on the same R. Andriani, U. Ghezzi2 picture is reported the corresponding variation of the diameter. On the Y-axis it is reported the ratio between the entity (section and diameter) at the considered condition and at the design point. For the case of A8 section variable it has also been evaluated the behavior of the specific fuel consumption, the mass flow rate and the thrust. In fig.4 they are reported the behavior TSFC and Fuel/air ratio at different flight Mach numbers, and the ratio between them and the design value. In fig .5 it is reported the ratio between the thrust and mass flow rate at different flight conditions and their value at design point. R. Andriani, U. Ghezzi3

A scenario planning approach for disasters on Swiss road network

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mendes, G. A.; Axhausen, K. W.; Andrade, J. S.; Herrmann, H. J.

2014-05-01

We study a vehicular traffic scenario on Swiss roads in an emergency situation, calculating how sequentially roads block due to excessive traffic load until global collapse (gridlock) occurs and in this way displays the fragilities of the system. We used a database from Bundesamt für Raumentwicklung which contains length and maximum allowed speed of all roads in Switzerland. The present work could be interesting for government agencies in planning and managing for emergency logistics for a country or a big city. The model used to generate the flux on the Swiss road network was proposed by Mendes et al. [Physica A 391, 362 (2012)]. It is based on the conservation of the number of vehicles and allows for an easy and fast way to follow the formation of traffic jams in large systems. We also analyze the difference between a nonlinear and a linear model and the distribution of fluxes on the Swiss road.

Modeling the field of a passive scalar in a nonisothermal turbulent plane gas jet

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Abrashin, V.N.; Barykin, V.N.; Martynenko, O.G.

The problem of the distribution of thermal characteristics in a plane nonisothermal turbulent gas jet in the case of large Reynolds numbers and a small temperature difference, allowing heat to be regarded as a passive impurity, is solved in the range of jet cross sections 20-100 caliber by a second-order correlational model of turbulence and an effective numerical algorithm. Analysis of the results show that the model allows computational data in good agreement with experiment to be obtained in the range of jet cross section 20-100 diameters. The relative error in determining the maximum values of the functions is 3-10%more » for the dynamic characteristics while the mean temperature and its mean square pulsations are determined with an accuracy of 5-10%; the corresponding figures for the thermal characteristics are 5-15% and 5-10%.« less

MASTtreedist: visualization of tree space based on maximum agreement subtree.

PubMed

Huang, Hong; Li, Yongji

2013-01-01

Phylogenetic tree construction process might produce many candidate trees as the "best estimates." As the number of constructed phylogenetic trees grows, the need to efficiently compare their topological or physical structures arises. One of the tree comparison's software tools, the Mesquite's Tree Set Viz module, allows the rapid and efficient visualization of the tree comparison distances using multidimensional scaling (MDS). Tree-distance measures, such as Robinson-Foulds (RF), for the topological distance among different trees have been implemented in Tree Set Viz. New and sophisticated measures such as Maximum Agreement Subtree (MAST) can be continuously built upon Tree Set Viz. MAST can detect the common substructures among trees and provide more precise information on the similarity of the trees, but it is NP-hard and difficult to implement. In this article, we present a practical tree-distance metric: MASTtreedist, a MAST-based comparison metric in Mesquite's Tree Set Viz module. In this metric, the efficient optimizations for the maximum weight clique problem are applied. The results suggest that the proposed method can efficiently compute the MAST distances among trees, and such tree topological differences can be translated as a scatter of points in two-dimensional (2D) space. We also provide statistical evaluation of provided measures with respect to RF-using experimental data sets. This new comparison module provides a new tree-tree pairwise comparison metric based on the differences of the number of MAST leaves among constructed phylogenetic trees. Such a new phylogenetic tree comparison metric improves the visualization of taxa differences by discriminating small divergences of subtree structures for phylogenetic tree reconstruction.

Experimental evaluation of the optical quality of DMD SLM for its application as Fourier holograms displaying device

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Molodtsov, D. Y.; Cheremkhin, P. A.; Krasnov, V. V.; Rodin, V. G.

2016-04-01

In this paper, the optical quality of micromirror DMD spatial light modulator (SLM) is evaluated and its applicability as an output device for holographic filters in dispersive correlators is analyzed. The possibility of using of DMD SLM extracted from consumer DLP-projector was experimentally evaluated by displaying of Fourier holograms. Software for displaying of holograms was developed. Experiments on holograms reconstruction was conducted with a different number of holograms pixels (and different placement on SLM). Reduction of number of pixels of output hologram (i.e. size of minimum resolvable element) led to improvement of reconstructed image quality. The evaluation shows that not every DMD-chip has acceptable optical quality for its application as display device for Fourier holograms. It was determined that major factor of reconstructed image quality degradation is a curvature of surface of SLM or its safety glass. Ranging hologram size allowed to estimate approximate size of sufficiently flat area of SLM matrix. For tested SLM it was about 1.5 mm. Further hologram size increase led to significant reconstructed image quality degradation. Developed and applied a technique allows to quickly estimate maximum size of holograms that can be displayed with specific SLM without significant degradation of reconstructed image. Additionally it allows to identify areas on the SLM with increased curvature of the surface.

Is the Linear Mode Conversion Theory Viable for Generating Kilometric Continuum?

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Boardsen, Scott A.; Green, James L.; Hashimoto, K.; Gallagher, Dennis L.; Webb, P. A.

2006-01-01

Kilometric Continuum (KC) usually exhibits a complicated banded radiation pattern observed in frequency time spectrograms. Can the number of bands, the frequency range over which the bands are observed, and their time variation be explained with Linear Mode Conversion Theory (LMCT) using realistic plasmapause models and Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) plasmaspheric observations? In this paper we compare KC observations with simulated frequency emission bands based on LMCT for a number of cases. In LMCT the allowed frequency range across the equatorial plasmapause is restricted to frequencies much greater than the electron cyclotron frequency (fce) and less than the maximum plasma frequency in this region. Fce also determines the number of allowed bands in this range. Is the observed frequency range and number of bands consistent with the predications of LMCT? Can irregularities in the shape of plasmaspheric structures like notches be observed in the time variations of KC emissions? We will investigate these and other questions. Simulated radiation patterns will be generated by ray tracing calculations in the L-O mode from the radio window at the near equatorial plasmapause. The KC observations used in this study are from the Plasma Wave Instrument on the Geotail spacecraft and from the Radio Plasma Imager on the IMAGE spacecraft. The plasmasphere and plasmapause will be derived either from plasmasphere simulations, from images by the EUV imager on the IMAGE spacecraft, and by using empirical models. In situ plasma density measurements from a number of spacecraft will also be used in order to reconstruct the plasmasphere for these case studies.

Drop impact and wettability: From hydrophilic to superhydrophobic surfaces

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Antonini, Carlo; Amirfazli, Alidad; Marengo, Marco

2012-10-01

Experiments to understand the effect of surface wettability on impact characteristics of water drops onto solid dry surfaces were conducted. Various surfaces were used to cover a wide range of contact angles (advancing contact angle from 48° to 166°, and contact angle hysteresis from 5° to 56°). Several different impact conditions were analyzed (12 impact velocities on 9 different surfaces, among which 2 were superhydrophobic). Results from impact tests with millimetric drops show that two different regimes can be identified: a moderate Weber number regime (30 < We < 200), in which wettability affects both drop maximum spreading and spreading characteristic time; and a high Weber number regime (We > 200), in which wettability effect is secondary, because capillary forces are overcome by inertial effects. In particular, results show the role of advancing contact angle and contact angle hysteresis as fundamental wetting parameters to allow understanding of different phases of drop spreading and beginning of recoiling. It is also shown that drop spreading on hydrophilic and superhydrophobic surfaces occurs with different time scales. Finally, if the surface is superhydrophobic, eventual impalement, i.e., transition from Cassie to Wenzel wetting state, which might occur in the vicinity of the drop impact area, does not influence drop maximum spreading.

OPENMED: A facility for biomedical experiments based on the CERN Low Energy Ion Ring (LEIR)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Carli, Christian

At present protons and carbon ions are in clinical use for hadron therapy at a growing number of treatment centers all over the world. Nevertheless, only limited direct clinical evidence of their superiority over other forms of radiotherapy is available [1]. Furthermore fundamental studies on biological effects of hadron beams have been carried out at different times (some a long time ago) in different laboratories and under different conditions. Despite an increased availability of ion beams for hadron therapy, beam time for preclinical studies is expected to remain insufficient as the priority for therapy centers is to treat the maximum number of patients. Most of the remaining beam time is expected to be required for setting up and measurements to guarantee appropriate good quality beams for treatments. The proposed facility for biomedical research [2] in support of hadron therapy centers would provide ion beams for interested research groups and allow them to carry out basic studies under well defined conditions. Typical studies would include radiobiological phenomena like relative biological effectiveness with different energies, ion species, and intensities. Furthermore possible studies include the development of advanced dosimetry in heterogeneous materials that resemble the human body, imaging techniques and, at a later stage, when the maximum energy with the LEIR magnets can be reached, fragmentation.

20 CFR 10.806 - How are the maximum fees defined?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... AMENDED Information for Medical Providers Medical Fee Schedule § 10.806 How are the maximum fees defined? For professional medical services, the Director shall maintain a schedule of maximum allowable fees... Procedural Terminology (HCPCS/CPT) code which represents the relative skill, effort, risk and time required...

20 CFR 10.806 - How are the maximum fees defined?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... AMENDED Information for Medical Providers Medical Fee Schedule § 10.806 How are the maximum fees defined? For professional medical services, the Director shall maintain a schedule of maximum allowable fees.../Current Procedural Terminology (HCPCS/CPT) code which represents the relative skill, effort, risk and time...

20 CFR 10.806 - How are the maximum fees defined?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... AMENDED Information for Medical Providers Medical Fee Schedule § 10.806 How are the maximum fees defined? For professional medical services, the Director shall maintain a schedule of maximum allowable fees... Procedural Terminology (HCPCS/CPT) code which represents the relative skill, effort, risk and time required...

20 CFR 10.806 - How are the maximum fees defined?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... AMENDED Information for Medical Providers Medical Fee Schedule § 10.806 How are the maximum fees defined? For professional medical services, the Director shall maintain a schedule of maximum allowable fees... Procedural Terminology (HCPCS/CPT) code which represents the relative skill, effort, risk and time required...

46 CFR 32.63-25 - Cargo tanks and supports-B/ALL.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... have sufficient additional strength so as to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle horn and bending stresses, to 1.5 times the maximum allowable hoop stress in still water, and to the... shall have sufficient additional strength to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle...

46 CFR 32.63-25 - Cargo tanks and supports-B/ALL.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... have sufficient additional strength so as to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle horn and bending stresses, to 1.5 times the maximum allowable hoop stress in still water, and to the... shall have sufficient additional strength to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle...

46 CFR 32.63-25 - Cargo tanks and supports-B/ALL.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... have sufficient additional strength so as to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle horn and bending stresses, to 1.5 times the maximum allowable hoop stress in still water, and to the... shall have sufficient additional strength to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle...

46 CFR 32.63-25 - Cargo tanks and supports-B/ALL.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... have sufficient additional strength so as to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle horn and bending stresses, to 1.5 times the maximum allowable hoop stress in still water, and to the... shall have sufficient additional strength to limit the maximum combined tank stress, including saddle...

30 CFR 816.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... established in accordance with either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the... in the blasting plan and approved by the regulatory authority. (2) Maximum peak particle velocity. (i... (D), from the blasting site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground...

30 CFR 816.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... established in accordance with either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the... in the blasting plan and approved by the regulatory authority. (2) Maximum peak particle velocity. (i... (D), from the blasting site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground...

30 CFR 816.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... established in accordance with either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the... in the blasting plan and approved by the regulatory authority. (2) Maximum peak particle velocity. (i... (D), from the blasting site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground...

30 CFR 816.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... established in accordance with either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the... in the blasting plan and approved by the regulatory authority. (2) Maximum peak particle velocity. (i... (D), from the blasting site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground...

30 CFR 816.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... established in accordance with either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the... in the blasting plan and approved by the regulatory authority. (2) Maximum peak particle velocity. (i... (D), from the blasting site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground...

20 CFR 10.806 - How are the maximum fees defined?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... AMENDED Information for Medical Providers Medical Fee Schedule § 10.806 How are the maximum fees defined? For professional medical services, the Director shall maintain a schedule of maximum allowable fees.../Current Procedural Terminology (HCPCS/CPT) code which represents the relative skill, effort, risk and time...

An investigation of the effects of the high maximum-thickness-to-chord ratio on the performance of nozzle guide vanes in a transonic planar cascade

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Radmard, Rama

1993-03-01

The performance of turbine airfoils is usually predicted by empirical correlations, which however are inadequate for the case of airfoils with maximum thickness to chord ratio (MTCR) higher than 25 percent. Studies were conducted to create a data base from which the performance of turbine airfoils with a MTCR higher than 25 percent could be predicted. A planar cascade consisting of four airfoils was constructed to allow the investigation of the effect of the MTCR on the airfoil performance. Three airfoil sets with MTCR of 15.2 percent (baseline), 26.6 percent, and 48.2 percent were used. Measurements included surface Mach number distributions for the baseline airfoil, total pressure loss coefficients, and deviation angles for isentropic exit Mach numbers of 0.7 (design), 0.9, and 1.1. The effect of varying the inlet boundary layer thickness and free-stream turbulence level was also examined. The results showed that the 26.6 percent airfoil produced lower losses as predicted by the Kacker and Okapuu (1982) correlation. The introduction of turbulence produced a significant redistribution of losses in the exit plane. The secondary loss decreased as the leading edge diameter was increased. Except for the baseline blade where high under-turning in exit flow angle was observed, the airfoils showed a decrease in over-turning with increasing exit Mach number, as predicted by Ainley and Mathieson (1951).

Biological Effects of Short, High-Level Exposure to Gases: Carbon Monoxide.

DTIC Science & Technology

1980-06-01

Selection of maximum allowable concentrations for use in the military should be based more appropriately on considerations of casualty prevention (i.e...base selection of maximum allow- able concentrations for use in the military upon considerations of casualty prevention (i.e., immediate incapacitation...which is reversible, and that no injury will result from the exposure. Persons with myocardial disease are expected to be the most susceptible. These

The effectiveness of radon preventive and remedial measures in Irish homes.

PubMed

Long, S; Fenton, D; Cremin, M; Morgan, A

2013-03-01

It is estimated that approximately 100 000 Irish homes have radon concentrations above the reference level of 200 Bq m(-3). To minimise the number of new homes with this problem, building regulations require that all new homes built since July 1998 in high radon areas are installed with radon barriers during construction. Measurements on local authority homes in a number of high radon areas have allowed the impact of these new regulations to be assessed. In County Cork a reduction of up to 70% in the mean radon concentration was observed in homes built since 1998 relative to those built before this date. A reduction in both the number of homes exceeding the reference level and the maximum concentration measured in homes was also measured. Homes exceeding the reference level were remediated with the use of an active sump. The results of this remedial work are also presented and show that the mean reduction in radon concentration achieved was 92%.

Performance analysis of local area networks

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Alkhatib, Hasan S.; Hall, Mary Grace

1990-01-01

A simulation of the TCP/IP protocol running on a CSMA/CD data link layer was described. The simulation was implemented using the simula language, and object oriented discrete event language. It allows the user to set the number of stations at run time, as well as some station parameters. Those parameters are the interrupt time and the dma transfer rate for each station. In addition, the user may configure the network at run time with stations of differing characteristics. Two types are available, and the parameters of both types are read from input files at run time. The parameters include the dma transfer rate, interrupt time, data rate, average message size, maximum frame size and the average interarrival time of messages per station. The information collected for the network is the throughput and the mean delay per packet. For each station, the number of messages attempted as well as the number of messages successfully transmitted is collected in addition to the throughput and mean packet delay per station.

Evolution of plasma characteristics for weak X-ray brightenings seen by SphinX during recent deep minimum of solar activity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sylwester, Barbara; Sylwester, Janusz; Siarkowski, Marek; Gburek, Szymon; Phillips, Kenneth

Very high sensitivity of SphinX soft X-ray spectrophotometer aboard Coronas-Photon allows to observe spectra of small X-ray brightenings(microflares), many of them with maximum intensities well below the GOES or RHESSI sensitivity thresholds. Hundreds of such small flare-like events have been observed in the period between March and November 2009 with energy resolution better than 0.5 keV. The spectra have been measured in the energy range extending above 1 keV. In this study we investigate the time variability of basic plasma parameters: temperature T and emission measure EM for a number of these weak flare-like events and discuss respective evolutionary patterns on the EM-T diagnostic diagrams. For some of these events, unusual behavior is observed, different from this characteristic for a "normal" flares of higher maximum intensities. Physical scenarios providing possible explanation of such unusual evolutionary patterns will be discussed.

Some common indices of group diversity: upper boundaries.

PubMed

Solanas, Antonio; Selvam, Rejina M; Navarro, José; Leiva, David

2012-12-01

Workgroup diversity can be conceptualized as variety, separation, or disparity. Thus, the proper operationalization of diversity depends on how a diversity dimension has been defined. Analytically, the minimal diversity must be obtained when there are no differences on an attribute among the members of a group, however maximal diversity has a different shape for each conceptualization of diversity. Previous work on diversity indexes indicated maximum values for variety (e.g., Blau's index and Teachman's index), separation (e.g., standard deviation and mean Euclidean distance), and disparity (e.g., coefficient of variation and the Gini coefficient of concentration), although these maximum values are not valid for all group characteristics (i.e., group size and group size parity) and attribute scales (i.e., number of categories). We demonstrate analytically appropriate upper boundaries for conditional diversity determined by some specific group characteristics, avoiding the bias related to absolute diversity. This will allow applied researchers to make better interpretations regarding the relationship between group diversity and group outcomes.

Maximum-entropy reconstruction method for moment-based solution of the Boltzmann equation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Summy, Dustin; Pullin, Dale

2013-11-01

We describe a method for a moment-based solution of the Boltzmann equation. This starts with moment equations for a 10 + 9 N , N = 0 , 1 , 2 . . . -moment representation. The partial-differential equations (PDEs) for these moments are unclosed, containing both higher-order moments and molecular-collision terms. These are evaluated using a maximum-entropy construction of the velocity distribution function f (c , x , t) , using the known moments, within a finite-box domain of single-particle-velocity (c) space. Use of a finite-domain alleviates known problems (Junk and Unterreiter, Continuum Mech. Thermodyn., 2002) concerning existence and uniqueness of the reconstruction. Unclosed moments are evaluated with quadrature while collision terms are calculated using a Monte-Carlo method. This allows integration of the moment PDEs in time. Illustrative examples will include zero-space- dimensional relaxation of f (c , t) from a Mott-Smith-like initial condition toward equilibrium and one-space dimensional, finite Knudsen number, planar Couette flow. Comparison with results using the direct-simulation Monte-Carlo method will be presented.

Design and fabrication of a diffractive beam splitter for dual-wavelength and concurrent irradiation of process points.

PubMed

Amako, Jun; Shinozaki, Yu

2016-07-11

We report on a dual-wavelength diffractive beam splitter designed for use in parallel laser processing. This novel optical element generates two beam arrays of different wavelengths and allows their overlap at the process points on a workpiece. To design the deep surface-relief profile of a splitter using a simulated annealing algorithm, we introduce a heuristic but practical scheme to determine the maximum depth and the number of quantization levels. The designed corrugations were fabricated in a photoresist by maskless grayscale exposure using a high-resolution spatial light modulator. We characterized the photoresist splitter, thereby validating the proposed beam-splitting concept.

Operational feasibility of lot quality assurance sampling (LQAS) as a tool in routine process monitoring of filariasis control programmes.

PubMed

Vanamail, P; Subramanian, S; Srividya, A; Ravi, R; Krishnamoorthy, K; Das, P K

2006-08-01

Lot quality assurance sampling (LQAS) with two-stage sampling plan was applied for rapid monitoring of coverage after every round of mass drug administration (MDA). A Primary Health Centre (PHC) consisting of 29 villages in Thiruvannamalai district, Tamil Nadu was selected as the study area. Two threshold levels of coverage were used: threshold A (maximum: 60%; minimum: 40%) and threshold B (maximum: 80%; minimum: 60%). Based on these thresholds, one sampling plan each for A and B was derived with the necessary sample size and the number of allowable defectives (i.e. defectives mean those who have not received the drug). Using data generated through simple random sampling (SRSI) of 1,750 individuals in the study area, LQAS was validated with the above two sampling plans for its diagnostic and field applicability. Simultaneously, a household survey (SRSH) was conducted for validation and cost-effectiveness analysis. Based on SRSH survey, the estimated coverage was 93.5% (CI: 91.7-95.3%). LQAS with threshold A revealed that by sampling a maximum of 14 individuals and by allowing four defectives, the coverage was >or=60% in >90% of villages at the first stage. Similarly, with threshold B by sampling a maximum of nine individuals and by allowing four defectives, the coverage was >or=80% in >90% of villages at the first stage. These analyses suggest that the sampling plan (14,4,52,25) of threshold A may be adopted in MDA to assess if a minimum coverage of 60% has been achieved. However, to achieve the goal of elimination, the sampling plan (9, 4, 42, 29) of threshold B can identify villages in which the coverage is <80% so that remedial measures can be taken. Cost-effectiveness analysis showed that both options of LQAS are more cost-effective than SRSH to detect a village with a given level of coverage. The cost per village was US dollars 76.18 under SRSH. The cost of LQAS was US dollars 65.81 and 55.63 per village for thresholds A and B respectively. The total financial cost of classifying a village correctly with the given threshold level of LQAS could be reduced by 14% and 26% of the cost of conventional SRSH method.

Qualification Testing of Solid Rocket Booster Diagonal Strut Restraint Cable Assembly Part Number 10176-0031-102/103

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Malone, T. W.

2006-01-01

This Technical Memorandum presents qualification test results for solid rocket booster diagonal strut restraint cable part number 101276-00313-102/103. During flight this assembly is exposed to a range of temperatures. MIL-W-83420 shows the breaking strength of the cable as 798 kg (1,760 lb) at room temperature but does not define cable strength at the maximum temperature to which the cable is exposed during the first 2 min of flight; 669 C (1,236 F). The cable, which can be built from different corrosion resistant steel alloys, may also vary in its chemical, physical, and mechanical properties at temperature. Negative margins of safety were produced by analysis of the cable at temperature using standard knockdown factors. However, MSFC-HDBK-5 allows the use of a less conservative safety factor of 1.4 and knockdown factors verified by testing. Test results allowed a calculated knockdown factor of 0.1892 to be determined for the restraint cables, which provides a minimum breaking strength of 151 kg (333 lb) at 677 C (1,250 F) when combined with the minimum breaking strength of 0.317-cm (0.125- or 1/8-in) diameter, type 1 composition rope.

Parameter estimation of history-dependent leaky integrate-and-fire neurons using maximum-likelihood methods

PubMed Central

Dong, Yi; Mihalas, Stefan; Russell, Alexander; Etienne-Cummings, Ralph; Niebur, Ernst

2012-01-01

When a neuronal spike train is observed, what can we say about the properties of the neuron that generated it? A natural way to answer this question is to make an assumption about the type of neuron, select an appropriate model for this type, and then to choose the model parameters as those that are most likely to generate the observed spike train. This is the maximum likelihood method. If the neuron obeys simple integrate and fire dynamics, Paninski, Pillow, and Simoncelli (2004) showed that its negative log-likelihood function is convex and that its unique global minimum can thus be found by gradient descent techniques. The global minimum property requires independence of spike time intervals. Lack of history dependence is, however, an important constraint that is not fulfilled in many biological neurons which are known to generate a rich repertoire of spiking behaviors that are incompatible with history independence. Therefore, we expanded the integrate and fire model by including one additional variable, a variable threshold (Mihalas & Niebur, 2009) allowing for history-dependent firing patterns. This neuronal model produces a large number of spiking behaviors while still being linear. Linearity is important as it maintains the distribution of the random variables and still allows for maximum likelihood methods to be used. In this study we show that, although convexity of the negative log-likelihood is not guaranteed for this model, the minimum of the negative log-likelihood function yields a good estimate for the model parameters, in particular if the noise level is treated as a free parameter. Furthermore, we show that a nonlinear function minimization method (r-algorithm with space dilation) frequently reaches the global minimum. PMID:21851282

Performance Analysis and Optimization of Concentrating Solar Thermoelectric Generator

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lamba, Ravita; Manikandan, S.; Kaushik, S. C.

2018-06-01

A thermodynamic model for a concentrating solar thermoelectric generator considering the Thomson effect combined with Fourier heat conduction, Peltier, and Joule heating has been developed and optimized in MATLAB environment. The temperatures at the hot and cold junctions of the thermoelectric generator were evaluated by solving the energy balance equations at both junctions. The effects of the solar concentration ratio, input electrical current, number of thermocouples, and electrical load resistance ratio on the power output and energy and exergy efficiencies of the system were studied. Optimization studies were carried out for the STEG system, and the optimum number of thermocouples, concentration ratio, and resistance ratio determined. The results showed that the optimum values of these parameters are different for conditions of maximum power output and maximum energy and exergy efficiency. The optimum values of the concentration ratio and load resistance ratio for maximum energy efficiency of 5.85% and maximum exergy efficiency of 6.29% were found to be 180 and 1.3, respectively, with corresponding power output of 4.213 W. Furthermore, at higher concentration ratio (C = 600), the optimum number of thermocouples was found to be 101 for maximum power output of 13.75 W, maximum energy efficiency of 5.73%, and maximum exergy efficiency of 6.16%. Moreover, the optimum number of thermocouple was the same for conditions of maximum power output and energy and exergy efficiency. The results of this study may provide insight for design of actual concentrated solar thermoelectric generator systems.

On Atom-Bond Connectivity Index

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhou, Bo; Xing, Rundan

2011-02-01

The atom-bond connectivity (ABC) index, introduced by Estrada et al. in 1998, displays an excellent correlation with the formation heat of alkanes. We give upper bounds for this graph invariant using the number of vertices, the number of edges, the Randíc connectivity indices, and the first Zagreb index. We determine the unique tree with the maximum ABC index among trees with given numbers of vertices and pendant vertices, and the n-vertex trees with the maximum, and the second, the third, and the fourth maximum ABC indices for n ≥ 6.

49 CFR 178.345-3 - Structural integrity.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... requirements and acceptance criteria. (1) The maximum calculated design stress at any point in the cargo tank wall may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR... Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at any...

49 CFR 178.345-3 - Structural integrity.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... acceptance criteria. (1) The maximum calculated design stress at any point in the cargo tank wall may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7... Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at any...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II of... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II of Part 63 Protection of... Shipbuilding and Ship Repair (Surface Coating) Pt. 63, Subpt. II, App. B Appendix B to Subpart II of Part 63...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II to... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 10 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II to Part 63 Protection of... Shipbuilding and Ship Repair (Surface Coating) Pt. 63, Subpt. II, App. B Appendix B to Subpart II to Part 63...

Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Selected Airborne Contaminants. Volume 5

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

2008-01-01

To protect space crews from air contaminants, NASA requested that the National Research Council (NRC) provide guidance for developing spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMACs) and review NASA's development of exposure guidelines for specific chemicals. The NRC convened the Committee on Spacecraft Exposure Guidelines to address this task. The committee published Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants (NRC 1992). The reason for the review of chemicals in Volume 5 is that many of them have not been examined for more than 10 years, and new research necessitates examining the documents to ensure that they reflect current knowledge. New knowledge can be in the form of toxicologic data or in the application of new approaches for analysis of available data. In addition, because NASA anticipates longer space missions beyond low Earth orbit, SMACs for 1,000-d exposures have also been developed.

Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations (SMACs) for C3 to C8 Aliphatic Saturated Aldehydes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Langford, Shannon D.

2007-01-01

Spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMACs) for C3 to C8, straight-chain, aliphatic aldehydes have been previously assessed and have been documented in volume 4 of Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Selected Airborne Contaminants (James, 2000). These aldehydes as well as associated physical properties are shown in Table 1. The C3 to C8 aliphatic aldehydes can enter the habitable compartments and contaminate breathing air of spacecraft by several routes including incomplete oxidation of alcohols in the Environmental Control and Life Support System (ECLSS) air revitalization subsystem, as a byproduct of human metabolism, through materials off-gassing, or during food preparation. These aldehydes have been detected in the atmosphere of manned space vehicles in the past. Analysis performed by NASA of crew cabin air samples from the Russian Mir Space Station revealed the presence of C3 to C8 aldehydes at concentrations peaking at approximately 0.1 mg/cu m.

Variance Difference between Maximum Likelihood Estimation Method and Expected A Posteriori Estimation Method Viewed from Number of Test Items

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mahmud, Jumailiyah; Sutikno, Muzayanah; Naga, Dali S.

2016-01-01

The aim of this study is to determine variance difference between maximum likelihood and expected A posteriori estimation methods viewed from number of test items of aptitude test. The variance presents an accuracy generated by both maximum likelihood and Bayes estimation methods. The test consists of three subtests, each with 40 multiple-choice…

Data and performances of selected aircraft and rotorcraft

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Filippone, Antonio

2000-11-01

The purpose of this article is to provide a synthetic and comparative view of selected aircraft and rotorcraft (nearly 300 of them) from past and present. We report geometric characteristics of wings (wing span, areas, aspect-ratios, sweep angles, dihedral/anhedral angles, thickness ratios at root and tips, taper ratios) and rotor blades (type of rotor, diameter, number of blades, solidity, rpm, tip Mach numbers); aerodynamic data (drag coefficients at zero lift, cruise and maximum absolute glide ratio); performances (wing and disk loadings, maximum absolute Mach number, cruise Mach number, service ceiling, rate of climb, centrifugal acceleration limits, maximum take-off weight, maximum payload, thrust-to-weight ratios). There are additional data on wing types, high-lift devices, noise levels at take-off and landing. The data are presented on tables for each aircraft class. A graphic analysis offers a comparative look at all types of data. Accuracy levels are provided wherever available.

RATIONAL SPLINE SUBROUTINES

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schiess, J. R.

1994-01-01

Scientific data often contains random errors that make plotting and curve-fitting difficult. The Rational-Spline Approximation with Automatic Tension Adjustment algorithm lead to a flexible, smooth representation of experimental data. The user sets the conditions for each consecutive pair of knots:(knots are user-defined divisions in the data set) to apply no tension; to apply fixed tension; or to determine tension with a tension adjustment algorithm. The user also selects the number of knots, the knot abscissas, and the allowed maximum deviations from line segments. The selection of these quantities depends on the actual data and on the requirements of a particular application. This program differs from the usual spline under tension in that it allows the user to specify different tension values between each adjacent pair of knots rather than a constant tension over the entire data range. The subroutines use an automatic adjustment scheme that varies the tension parameter for each interval until the maximum deviation of the spline from the line joining the knots is less than or equal to a user-specified amount. This procedure frees the user from the drudgery of adjusting individual tension parameters while still giving control over the local behavior of the spline The Rational Spline program was written completely in FORTRAN for implementation on a CYBER 850 operating under NOS. It has a central memory requirement of approximately 1500 words. The program was released in 1988.

The Maximum Mass of Rotating Strange Stars

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Szkudlarek, M.; Gondek-Rosiń; ska, D.; Villain, L.; Ansorg, M.

2012-12-01

Strange quark stars are considered as a possible alternative to neutron stars as compact objects (e.g. Weber 2003). A hot compact star (a proto-neutron star or a strange star) born in a supernova explosion or a remnant of neutron stars binary merger are expected to rotate differentially and be important sources of gravitational waves. We present results of the first relativistic calculations of differentially rotating strange quark stars for broad ranges of degree of differential rotation and maximum densities. Using a highly accurate, relativistic code we show that rotation may cause a significant increase of maximum allowed mass of strange stars, much larger than in the case of neutron stars with the same degree of differential rotation. Depending on the maximum allowed mass a massive neutron star (strange star) can be temporarily stabilized by differential rotation or collapse to a black hole.

Characterizing Topology of Probabilistic Biological Networks.

PubMed

Todor, Andrei; Dobra, Alin; Kahveci, Tamer

2013-09-06

Biological interactions are often uncertain events, that may or may not take place with some probability. Existing studies analyze the degree distribution of biological networks by assuming that all the given interactions take place under all circumstances. This strong and often incorrect assumption can lead to misleading results. Here, we address this problem and develop a sound mathematical basis to characterize networks in the presence of uncertain interactions. We develop a method that accurately describes the degree distribution of such networks. We also extend our method to accurately compute the joint degree distributions of node pairs connected by edges. The number of possible network topologies grows exponentially with the number of uncertain interactions. However, the mathematical model we develop allows us to compute these degree distributions in polynomial time in the number of interactions. It also helps us find an adequate mathematical model using maximum likelihood estimation. Our results demonstrate that power law and log-normal models best describe degree distributions for probabilistic networks. The inverse correlation of degrees of neighboring nodes shows that, in probabilistic networks, nodes with large number of interactions prefer to interact with those with small number of interactions more frequently than expected.

Optimal design of microtube recuperators for an indirect supercritical carbon dioxide recompression closed Brayton cycle

DOE PAGES

Jiang, Yuan; Liese, Eric; Zitney, Stephen E.; ...

2018-02-25

This paper presents a baseline design and optimization approach developed in Aspen Custom Modeler (ACM) for microtube shell-and-tube exchangers (MSTEs) used for high- and low-temperature recuperation in a 10 MWe indirect supercritical carbon dioxide (sCO 2) recompression closed Brayton cycle (RCBC). The MSTE-type recuperators are designed using one-dimensional models with thermal-hydraulic correlations appropriate for sCO 2 and properties models that capture considerable nonlinear changes in CO 2 properties near the critical and pseudo-critical points. Using the successive quadratic programming (SQP) algorithm in ACM, optimal recuperator designs are obtained for either custom or industry-standard microtubes considering constraints based on current advancedmore » manufacturing techniques. The three decision variables are the number of tubes, tube pitch-to-diameter ratio, and tube diameter. Five different objective functions based on different key design measures are considered: minimization of total heat transfer area, heat exchanger volume, metal weight, thermal residence time, and maximization of compactness. Sensitivities studies indicate the constraint on the maximum number of tubes per shell does affect the number of parallel heat exchanger trains but not the tube selection, total number of tubes, tube length and other key design measures in the final optimal design when considering industry-standard tubes. In this study, the optimally designed high- and low-temperature recuperators have 47,000 3/32 inch tubes and 63,000 1/16 inch tubes, respectively. In addition, sensitivities to the design temperature approach and maximum allowable pressure drop are studied, since these specifications significantly impact the optimal design of the recuperators as well as the thermal efficiency and the economic performance of the entire sCO 2 Brayton cycle.« less

Optimal design of microtube recuperators for an indirect supercritical carbon dioxide recompression closed Brayton cycle

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jiang, Yuan; Liese, Eric; Zitney, Stephen E.

This paper presents a baseline design and optimization approach developed in Aspen Custom Modeler (ACM) for microtube shell-and-tube exchangers (MSTEs) used for high- and low-temperature recuperation in a 10 MWe indirect supercritical carbon dioxide (sCO 2) recompression closed Brayton cycle (RCBC). The MSTE-type recuperators are designed using one-dimensional models with thermal-hydraulic correlations appropriate for sCO 2 and properties models that capture considerable nonlinear changes in CO 2 properties near the critical and pseudo-critical points. Using the successive quadratic programming (SQP) algorithm in ACM, optimal recuperator designs are obtained for either custom or industry-standard microtubes considering constraints based on current advancedmore » manufacturing techniques. The three decision variables are the number of tubes, tube pitch-to-diameter ratio, and tube diameter. Five different objective functions based on different key design measures are considered: minimization of total heat transfer area, heat exchanger volume, metal weight, thermal residence time, and maximization of compactness. Sensitivities studies indicate the constraint on the maximum number of tubes per shell does affect the number of parallel heat exchanger trains but not the tube selection, total number of tubes, tube length and other key design measures in the final optimal design when considering industry-standard tubes. In this study, the optimally designed high- and low-temperature recuperators have 47,000 3/32 inch tubes and 63,000 1/16 inch tubes, respectively. In addition, sensitivities to the design temperature approach and maximum allowable pressure drop are studied, since these specifications significantly impact the optimal design of the recuperators as well as the thermal efficiency and the economic performance of the entire sCO 2 Brayton cycle.« less

Representations and evolutionary operators for the scheduling of pump operations in water distribution networks.

PubMed

López-Ibáñez, Manuel; Prasad, T Devi; Paechter, Ben

2011-01-01

Reducing the energy consumption of water distribution networks has never had more significance. The greatest energy savings can be obtained by carefully scheduling the operations of pumps. Schedules can be defined either implicitly, in terms of other elements of the network such as tank levels; or explicitly, by specifying the time during which each pump is on/off. The traditional representation of explicit schedules is a string of binary values with each bit representing pump on/off status during a particular time interval. In this paper, we formally define and analyze two new explicit representations based on time-controlled triggers, where the maximum number of pump switches is established beforehand and the schedule may contain fewer than the maximum number of switches. In these representations, a pump schedule is divided into a series of integers with each integer representing the number of hours for which a pump is active/inactive. This reduces the number of potential schedules compared to the binary representation, and allows the algorithm to operate on the feasible region of the search space. We propose evolutionary operators for these two new representations. The new representations and their corresponding operations are compared with the two most-used representations in pump scheduling, namely, binary representation and level-controlled triggers. A detailed statistical analysis of the results indicates which parameters have the greatest effect on the performance of evolutionary algorithms. The empirical results show that an evolutionary algorithm using the proposed representations is an improvement over the results obtained by a recent state of the art hybrid genetic algorithm for pump scheduling using level-controlled triggers.

Designing a podiatry service to meet the needs of the population: a service simulation.

PubMed

Campbell, Jackie A

2007-02-01

A model of a podiatry service has been developed which takes into consideration the effect of changing access criteria, skill mix and staffing levels (among others) given fixed local staffing budgets and the foot-health characteristics of the local community. A spreadsheet-based deterministic model was chosen to allow maximum transparency of programming. This work models a podiatry service in England, but could be adapted for other settings and, with some modification, for other community-based services. This model enables individual services to see the effect on outcome parameters such as number of patients treated, number discharged and size of waiting lists of various service configurations, given their individual local data profile. The process of designing the model has also had spin-off benefits for the participants in making explicit many of the implicit rules used in managing their services.

Modeling panel detection frequencies by queuing system theory: an application in gas chromatography olfactometry.

PubMed

Bult, Johannes H F; van Putten, Bram; Schifferstein, Hendrik N J; Roozen, Jacques P; Voragen, Alphons G J; Kroeze, Jan H A

2004-10-01

In continuous vigilance tasks, the number of coincident panel responses to stimuli provides an index of stimulus detectability. To determine whether this number is due to chance, panel noise levels have been approximated by the maximum coincidence level obtained in stimulus-free conditions. This study proposes an alternative method by which to assess noise levels, derived from queuing system theory (QST). Instead of critical coincidence levels, QST modeling estimates the duration of coinciding responses in the absence of stimuli. The proposed method has the advantage over previous approaches that it yields more reliable noise estimates and allows for statistical testing. The method was applied in an olfactory detection experiment using 16 panelists in stimulus-present and stimulus-free conditions. We propose that QST may be used as an alternative to signal detection theory for analyzing data from continuous vigilance tasks.

14 CFR 23.343 - Design fuel loads.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... zero fuel to the selected maximum fuel load. (b) If fuel is carried in the wings, the maximum allowable weight of the airplane without any fuel in the wing tank(s) must be established as “maximum zero wing... part and— (1) The structure must be designed to withstand a condition of zero fuel in the wing at limit...

14 CFR 23.343 - Design fuel loads.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... zero fuel to the selected maximum fuel load. (b) If fuel is carried in the wings, the maximum allowable weight of the airplane without any fuel in the wing tank(s) must be established as “maximum zero wing... part and— (1) The structure must be designed to withstand a condition of zero fuel in the wing at limit...

14 CFR 23.343 - Design fuel loads.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... zero fuel to the selected maximum fuel load. (b) If fuel is carried in the wings, the maximum allowable weight of the airplane without any fuel in the wing tank(s) must be established as “maximum zero wing... part and— (1) The structure must be designed to withstand a condition of zero fuel in the wing at limit...

14 CFR 23.343 - Design fuel loads.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... zero fuel to the selected maximum fuel load. (b) If fuel is carried in the wings, the maximum allowable weight of the airplane without any fuel in the wing tank(s) must be established as “maximum zero wing... part and— (1) The structure must be designed to withstand a condition of zero fuel in the wing at limit...

Impact dynamics of particle-coated droplets

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Supakar, T.; Kumar, A.; Marston, J. O.

2017-01-01

We present findings from an experimental study of the impact of liquid marbles onto solid surfaces. Using dual-view high-speed imaging, we reveal details of the impact dynamics previously not reported. During the spreading stage it is observed that particles at the surface flow rapidly to the periphery of the drop, i.e., the lamella. We characterize the spreading with the maximum spread diameter, comparing to impacts of pure liquid droplets. The principal result is a power-law scaling for the normalized maximum spread in terms of the impact Weber number, Dmax/D0˜Weα , with α ≈1 /3 . However, the best description of the spreading is obtained by considering a total energy balance, in a similar fashion to Pasandideh-Fard et al. [Phys. Fluids 8, 650 (1996)], 10.1063/1.868850. By using hydrophilic target surfaces, the marble integrity is lost even for moderate impact speeds as the particles at the surface separate and allow liquid-solid contact to occur. Remarkably, however, we observe no significant difference in the maximum spread between hydrophobic and hydrophilic targets, which is rationalized by the presence of the particles. Finally, for the finest particles used, we observe the formation of nonspherical arrested shapes after retraction and rebound from hydrophobic surfaces, which is quantified by a circularity measurement of the side profiles.

Low-Radiation Cellular Inductive Powering of Rodent Wireless Brain Interfaces: Methodology and Design Guide.

PubMed

Soltani, Nima; Aliroteh, Miaad S; Salam, M Tariqus; Perez Velazquez, Jose Luis; Genov, Roman

2016-08-01

This paper presents a general methodology of inductive power delivery in wireless chronic rodent electrophysiology applications. The focus is on such systems design considerations under the following key constraints: maximum power delivery under the allowable specific absorption rate (SAR), low cost and spatial scalability. The methodology includes inductive coil design considerations within a low-frequency ferrite-core-free power transfer link which includes a scalable coil-array power transmitter floor and a single-coil implanted or worn power receiver. A specific design example is presented that includes the concept of low-SAR cellular single-transmitter-coil powering through dynamic tracking of a magnet-less receiver spatial location. The transmitter coil instantaneous supply current is monitored using a small number of low-cost electronic components. A drop in its value indicates the proximity of the receiver due to the reflected impedance of the latter. Only the transmitter coil nearest to the receiver is activated. Operating at the low frequency of 1.5 MHz, the inductive powering floor delivers a maximum of 15.9 W below the IEEE C95 SAR limit, which is over three times greater than that in other recently reported designs. The power transfer efficiency of 39% and 13% at the nominal and maximum distances of 8 cm and 11 cm, respectively, is maintained.

Sobol's sensitivity analysis for a fuel cell stack assembly model with the aid of structure-selection techniques

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Wei; Cho, Chongdu; Piao, Changhao; Choi, Hojoon

2016-01-01

This paper presents a novel method for identifying the main parameters affecting the stress distribution of the components used in assembly modeling of proton exchange membrane fuel cell (PEMFC) stack. This method is a combination of an approximation model and Sobol's method, which allows a fast global sensitivity analysis for a set of uncertain parameters using only a limited number of calculations. Seven major parameters, i.e., Young's modulus of the end plate and the membrane electrode assembly (MEA), the contact stiffness between the MEA and bipolar plate (BPP), the X and Y positions of the bolts, the pressure of each bolt, and the thickness of the end plate, are investigated regarding their effect on four metrics, i.e., the maximum stresses of the MEA, BPP, and end plate, and the stress distribution percentage of the MEA. The analysis reveals the individual effects of each parameter and its interactions with the other parameters. The results show that the X position of a bolt has a major influence on the maximum stresses of the BPP and end plate, whereas the thickness of the end plate has the strongest effect on both the maximum stress and the stress distribution percentage of the MEA.

Temporal and spatial variation of maximum wind speed days during the past 20 years in major cities of Xinjiang

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Baidourela, Aliya; Jing, Zhen; Zhayimu, Kahaer; Abulaiti, Adili; Ubuli, Hakezi

2018-04-01

Wind erosion and sandstorms occur in the neighborhood of exposed dust sources. Wind erosion and desertification increase the frequency of dust storms, deteriorate air quality, and damage the ecological environment and agricultural production. The Xinjiang region has a relatively fragile ecological environment. Therefore, the study of the characteristics of maximum wind speed and wind direction in this region is of great significance to disaster prevention and mitigation, the management of activated dunes, and the sustainable development of the region. Based on the latest data of 71 sites in Xinjiang, this study explores the temporal evolution and spatial distribution of maximum wind speed in Xinjiang from 1993 to 2013, and highlights the distribution of annual and monthly maximum wind speed and the characteristics of wind direction in Xinjiang. Between 1993 and 2013, Ulugchat County exhibited the highest number of days with the maximum wind speed (> 17 m/s), while Wutian exhibited the lowest number. In Xinjiang, 1999 showed the highest number of maximum wind speed days (257 days), while 2013 showed the lowest number (69 days). Spring and summer wind speeds were greater than those in autumn and winter. There were obvious differences in the direction of maximum wind speed in major cities and counties of Xinjiang. East of the Tianshan Mountains, maximum wind speeds are mainly directed southeast and northeast. North and south of the Tianshan Mountains, they are mainly directed northwest and northeast, while west of the Tianshan Mountains, they are mainly directed southeast and northwest.

Non-Stationary Effects and Cross Correlations in Solar Activity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nefedyev, Yuri; Panischev, Oleg; Demin, Sergey

2016-07-01

In this paper within the framework of the Flicker-Noise Spectroscopy (FNS) we consider the dynamic properties of the solar activity by analyzing the Zurich sunspot numbers. As is well-known astrophysics objects are the non-stationary open systems, whose evolution are the quite individual and have the alternation effects. The main difference of FNS compared to other related methods is the separation of the original signal reflecting the dynamics of solar activity into three frequency bands: system-specific "resonances" and their interferential contributions at lower frequencies, chaotic "random walk" ("irregularity-jump") components at larger frequencies, and chaotic "irregularity-spike" (inertial) components in the highest frequency range. Specific parameters corresponding to each of the bands are introduced and calculated. These irregularities as well as specific resonance frequencies are considered as the information carriers on every hierarchical level of the evolution of a complex natural system with intermittent behavior, consecutive alternation of rapid chaotic changes in the values of dynamic variables on small time intervals with small variations of the values on longer time intervals ("laminar" phases). The jump and spike irregularities are described by power spectra and difference moments (transient structural functions) of the second order. FNS allows revealing the most crucial points of the solar activity dynamics by means of "spikiness" factor. It is shown that this variable behaves as the predictor of crucial changes of the sunspot number dynamics, particularly when the number comes up to maximum value. The change of averaging interval allows revealing the non-stationary effects depending by 11-year cycle and by inside processes in a cycle. To consider the cross correlations between the different variables of solar activity we use the Zurich sunspot numbers and the sequence of corona's radiation energy. The FNS-approach allows extracting the information about cross correlation dynamics between the signals from separate points of the studied system. The 3D cross correlators and their plain projections allow revealing the periodic laws of solar evolution. Work was supported by grants RFBR 15-02-01638-a and 16-02-00496-a.

U.S. Level III and IV Ecoregions (U.S. EPA)

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

This map service displays Level III and Level IV Ecoregions of the United States and was created from ecoregion data obtained from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Research and Development's Western Ecology Division. The original ecoregion data was projected from Albers to Web Mercator for this map service. To download shapefiles of ecoregion data (in Albers), please go to: ftp://newftp.epa.gov/EPADataCommons/ORD/Ecoregions/. IMPORTANT NOTE ABOUT LEVEL IV POLYGON LEGEND DISPLAY IN ARCMAP: Due to the limitations of Graphical Device Interface (GDI) resources per application on Windows, ArcMap does not display the legend in the Table of Contents for the ArcGIS Server service layer if the legend has more than 100 items. As of December 2011, there are 968 unique legend items in the Level IV Ecoregion Polygon legend. Follow this link (http://support.esri.com/en/knowledgebase/techarticles/detail/33741) for instructions about how to increase the maximum number of ArcGIS Server service layer legend items allowed for display in ArcMap. Note the instructions at this link provide a slightly incorrect path to Maximum Legend Count. The correct path is HKEY_CURRENT_USER > Software > ESRI > ArcMap > Server > MapServerLayer > Maximum Legend Count. When editing the Maximum Legend Count, update the field, Value data to 1000. To download a PDF version of the Level IV ecoregion map and legend, go to ftp://newftp.epa.gov/EPADataCommons/ORD/Ecoregions/us/Eco_Level_IV

Inspection of the dynamic properties of laminar separation bubbles: free-stream turbulence intensity effects for different Reynolds numbers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Simoni, Daniele; Lengani, Davide; Ubaldi, Marina; Zunino, Pietro; Dellacasagrande, Matteo

2017-06-01

The effects of free-stream turbulence intensity (FSTI) on the transition process of a pressure-induced laminar separation bubble have been studied for different Reynolds numbers (Re) by means of time-resolved (TR) PIV. Measurements have been performed along a flat plate installed within a double-contoured test section, designed to produce an adverse pressure gradient typical of ultra-high-lift turbine blade profiles. A test matrix spanning 3 FSTI levels and 3 Reynolds numbers has been considered allowing estimation of cross effects of these parameters on the instability mechanisms driving the separated flow transition process. Boundary layer integral parameters, spatial growth rate and saturation level of velocity fluctuations are discussed for the different cases in order to characterize the base flow response as well as the time-mean properties of the Kelvin-Helmholtz instability. The inspection of the instantaneous velocity vector maps highlights the dynamics of the large-scale structures shed near the bubble maximum displacement, as well as the low-frequency motion of the fore part of the separated shear layer. Proper Orthogonal Decomposition (POD) has been implemented to reduce the large amount of data for each condition allowing a rapid evaluation of the group velocity, spatial wavelength and dominant frequency of the vortex shedding process. The dimensionless shedding wave number parameter makes evident that the modification of the shear layer thickness at separation due to Reynolds number variation mainly drives the length scale of the rollup vortices, while higher FSTI levels force the onset of the shedding phenomenon to occur upstream due to the higher velocity fluctuations penetrating into the separating boundary layer.

Inferring Phylogenetic Networks Using PhyloNet.

PubMed

Wen, Dingqiao; Yu, Yun; Zhu, Jiafan; Nakhleh, Luay

2018-07-01

PhyloNet was released in 2008 as a software package for representing and analyzing phylogenetic networks. At the time of its release, the main functionalities in PhyloNet consisted of measures for comparing network topologies and a single heuristic for reconciling gene trees with a species tree. Since then, PhyloNet has grown significantly. The software package now includes a wide array of methods for inferring phylogenetic networks from data sets of unlinked loci while accounting for both reticulation (e.g., hybridization) and incomplete lineage sorting. In particular, PhyloNet now allows for maximum parsimony, maximum likelihood, and Bayesian inference of phylogenetic networks from gene tree estimates. Furthermore, Bayesian inference directly from sequence data (sequence alignments or biallelic markers) is implemented. Maximum parsimony is based on an extension of the "minimizing deep coalescences" criterion to phylogenetic networks, whereas maximum likelihood and Bayesian inference are based on the multispecies network coalescent. All methods allow for multiple individuals per species. As computing the likelihood of a phylogenetic network is computationally hard, PhyloNet allows for evaluation and inference of networks using a pseudolikelihood measure. PhyloNet summarizes the results of the various analyzes and generates phylogenetic networks in the extended Newick format that is readily viewable by existing visualization software.

Biomass Burning Organic Aerosol as a Modulator of Droplet Number in the Southern Atlantic

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kacarab, M.; Howell, S. G.; Small Griswold, J. D.; Thornhill, K. L., II; Wood, R.; Redemann, J.; Nenes, A.

2017-12-01

Aerosols play a significant yet highly variable role in local and global air quality and climate. They act as cloud condensation nuclei (CCN) and both scatter and absorb radiation, lending a large source of uncertainty to climate predictions. Biomass burning organic aerosol (BBOA) can drastically elevate CCN concentrations, but the response in cloud droplet number may be suppressed or even reversed due to low supersaturations that develop from strong competition for water vapor. Constraining droplet response to BBOA is a key factor to understanding aerosol-cloud interactions. The southeastern Atlantic (SEA) cloud deck off the west coast of central Africa is a prime opportunity to study these cloud-BBOA interactions for marine stratocumulus as during winter in the southern hemisphere the SEA cloud deck is overlain by a large, optically thick BBOA plume. The NASA ObseRvations of Aerosols above Clouds and their intEractionS (ORACLES) study focuses on increasing the understanding of how these BBOA affect the SEA cloud deck. Measurements of CCN concentration, aerosol size distribution and composition, updraft velocities, and cloud droplet number in and around the SEA cloud deck and associated BBOA plume were taken aboard the NASA P-3 aircraft during the first two years of the ORACLES campaign in September 2016 and August 2017. Here we evaluate the predicted and observed droplet number sensitivity to the aerosol fluctuations and quantify, using the data, the drivers of droplet number variability (vertical velocity or aerosol properties) as a function of biomass burning plume characteristics. Over the course of the campaign, different levels of BBOA influence in the marine boundary layer (MBL) were observed, allowing for comparison of cloud droplet number, hygroscopicity parameter (κ), and maximum in-cloud supersaturation over a range of "clean" and "dirty" conditions. Droplet number sensitivity to aerosol concentration, κ, and vertical updraft velocities are also evaluated. Generally, an increase in BBOA led to increased droplet number along with decreased κ and maximum in-cloud supersaturation (leading to an increase in competition for water vapor). This work seeks to contribute to an increased understanding of how CCN and aerosol properties affect the radiative and hydrological properties and impact of the cloud.

Restoring Maximum Vertical Browsing Reach in Sauropod Dinosaurs.

PubMed

Paul, Gregory S

2017-10-01

The ongoing controversy centered on neck posture and function in sauropod dinosaurs is misplaced for a number of reasons. Because of an absence of pertinent data it is not possible to accurately restore the posture and range of motion in long necked fossil animals, only gross approximations are possible. The existence of a single "neutral posture" in animals with long, slender necks may not exist, and its relationship to feeding habits is weak. Restorations of neutral osteological neck posture based on seemingly detailed diagrams of cervical articulations are not reliable because the pictures are not sufficiently accurate due to a combination of illustration errors, and distortion of the fossil cervicals. This is all the more true because fossil cervical series lack the critical inter-centra cartilage. Maximum vertical reach is more readily restorable and biologically informative for long necked herbivores. Modest extension of 10° between each caudal cervical allowed high shouldered sauropods to raise the cranial portion of their necks to vertical postures that allowed them to reach floral resources far higher than seen in the tallest mammals. This hypothesis is supported by the dorsally extended articulation of the only known co-fused sauropod cervicals. Many sauropods appear to have been well adapted for rearing in order to boost vertical reach, some possessed retroverted pelves that may have allowed them to walk slowly while bipedal. A combination of improved high browsing abilities and sexual selection probably explains the unusually long necks of tall ungulates and super tall sauropods. Anat Rec, 2017. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. Anat Rec, 300:1802-1825, 2017. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

77 FR 15751 - Meetings of the Local Government Advisory Committee and the Small Communities Advisory Subcommittee

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-03-16

...The Small Communities Advisory Subcommittee (SCAS) will meet via teleconference on Tuesday, March 27, 2012, 2 p.m.-3 p.m. (ET), and the SCAS will meet at EPA's Region 8 office in Denver, CO, on Thursday, April 18, 2012, 3 p.m.-5 p.m. (MT). The Subcommittee will discuss decentralized wastewater treatment and other issues and recommendations to the Administrator regarding environmental issues affecting small communities. These are open meetings, and all interested persons are invited to participate. The Subcommittee will hear comments from the public during the teleconference on Tuesday, March 27, 2012 between 2:50 p.m. and 3 p.m. (ET) and during the meeting on Thursday, April 18, 2012 between 4:45 p.m. and 5 p.m. (MT). Individuals or organizations wishing to address the Subcommittee will be allowed a maximum of five minutes to present their point of view. Also, written comments should be submitted electronically to [email protected] Please contact the Designated Federal Officer (DFO) at the number listed below to schedule a time on the agenda. Time will be allotted on a first-come first-serve basis, and the total period for comments may be extended if the number of requests for appearances requires it. The Local Government Advisory Committee (LGAC) will meet at EPA's Region 8 office in Denver, CO, on Thursday, April 19, 2012, 10 a.m.- 4:15 p.m. (MT), and Friday, April 20, 2012, 9 a.m.-12 p.m. (MT). The Committee will discuss integrated water quality planning, hydraulic fracturing, air quality issues and environmental justice and Title VI. This is an open meeting and all interested persons are invited to participate. The Committee will hear comments from the public between 4 p.m.-4:15 p.m. (MT) on Thursday, April 19, 2012. Individuals or organizations wishing to address the Committee will be allowed a maximum of five minutes to present their point of view. Also, written comments should be submitted electronically to [email protected] Please contact the Designated Federal Officer (DFO) at the number listed below to schedule a time on the agenda. Time will be allotted on a first-come first-serve basis, and the total period for comments may be extended if the number of requests for appearances requires it.

A modular approach for item response theory modeling with the R package flirt.

PubMed

Jeon, Minjeong; Rijmen, Frank

2016-06-01

The new R package flirt is introduced for flexible item response theory (IRT) modeling of psychological, educational, and behavior assessment data. flirt integrates a generalized linear and nonlinear mixed modeling framework with graphical model theory. The graphical model framework allows for efficient maximum likelihood estimation. The key feature of flirt is its modular approach to facilitate convenient and flexible model specifications. Researchers can construct customized IRT models by simply selecting various modeling modules, such as parametric forms, number of dimensions, item and person covariates, person groups, link functions, etc. In this paper, we describe major features of flirt and provide examples to illustrate how flirt works in practice.

A current-carrying coil design with improved liquid cooling arrangement

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ricci, Leonardo; Martini, Luca Matteo; Franchi, Matteo; Bertoldi, Andrea

2013-06-01

The design of an electromagnet requires the compliance with a number of constraints such as power supply characteristics, coil inductance and resistance, and, above all, heat dissipation, which poses the limit to the maximum achievable magnetic field. A common solution consists in using copper tubes in which a coolant flows. This approach, however, introduces further hydrodynamic concerns. To overcome these difficulties, we developed a new kind of electromagnet in which the pipe concept is replaced by a duct formed by the windings. Here we report on the realization and characterization of a compact model system in which the conductors carry a current that is one order of magnitude higher than the current allowable with conventional designs.

Lagrangian numerical methods for ocean biogeochemical simulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Paparella, Francesco; Popolizio, Marina

2018-05-01

We propose two closely-related Lagrangian numerical methods for the simulation of physical processes involving advection, reaction and diffusion. The methods are intended to be used in settings where the flow is nearly incompressible and the Péclet numbers are so high that resolving all the scales of motion is unfeasible. This is commonplace in ocean flows. Our methods consist in augmenting the method of characteristics, which is suitable for advection-reaction problems, with couplings among nearby particles, producing fluxes that mimic diffusion, or unresolved small-scale transport. The methods conserve mass, obey the maximum principle, and allow to tune the strength of the diffusive terms down to zero, while avoiding unwanted numerical dissipation effects.

The Scattered Kuiper Belt Objects

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Trujillo, C. A.; Jewitt, D. C.; Luu, J. X.

1999-09-01

We describe a continuing survey of the Kuiper Belt conducted at the 3.6-m Canada France Hawaii Telescope on Mauna Kea, Hawaii. The survey employs a 12288 x 8192 pixel CCD mosaic to image the sky to red magnitude 24. All detected objects are targeted for systematic follow-up observations, allowing us to determine their orbital characteristics. Three new members of the rare Scattered Kuiper Belt Object class have been identified, bringing the known population of such objects to four. The SKBOs are thought to have been scattered outward by Neptune, and are a potential source of the short-period comets. Using a Maximum Likelihood method, we place observational constraints on the total number and mass of the SKBOs.

Correlation of spatial climate/weather maps and the advantages of using the Mahalanobis metric in predictions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Stephenson, D. B.

1997-10-01

The skill in predicting spatially varying weather/climate maps depends on the definition of the measure of similarity between the maps. Under the justifiable approximation that the anomaly maps are distributed multinormally, it is shown analytically that the choice of weighting metric, used in defining the anomaly correlation between spatial maps, can change the resulting probability distribution of the correlation coefficient. The estimate of the numbers of degrees of freedom based on the variance of the correlation distribution can vary from unity up to the number of grid points depending on the choice of weighting metric. The (pseudo-) inverse of the sample covariance matrix acts as a special choice for the metric in that it gives a correlation distribution which has minimal kurtosis and maximum dimension. Minimal kurtosis suggests that the average predictive skill might be improved due to the rarer occurrence of troublesome outlier patterns far from the mean state. Maximum dimension has a disadvantage for analogue prediction schemes in that it gives the minimum number of analogue states. This metric also has an advantage in that it allows one to powerfully test the null hypothesis of multinormality by examining the second and third moments of the correlation coefficient which were introduced by Mardia as invariant measures of multivariate kurtosis and skewness. For these reasons, it is suggested that this metric could be usefully employed in the prediction of weather/climate and in fingerprinting anthropogenic climate change. The ideas are illustrated using the bivariate example of the observed monthly mean sea-level pressures at Darwin and Tahitifrom 1866 1995.

Introducing stochastics into the simulation of convective precipitation events

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pistotnik, Georg

2010-05-01

In a joint project, the Central Institute for Meteorology and Geodynamics (ZAMG) and the Vienna University of Technology aimed to characterize strong precipitation events and their impact in the Bucklige Welt region in Eastern Austria. Both the region's hydrological and meteorological characteristics, namely its composition of virtually countless small catchments with short response times and a high frequency of summertime convective storms, cause the occurrence of flooding to be strictly tied to convective rainfall events, which is why this study has been focused on this type of precipitation. The meteorological database consists of the ZAMG's high-resolution analysis and nowcasting system INCA ("Integrated Nowcasting through Comprehensive Analysis"), which provides a set of precipitation analyses generated by a statistically optimized combination of rain gauge measurements and radar data with a temporal resolution of 15 minutes and a spatial resolution of 1 kilometre. An intensity threshold of 3.8mm/15min has been used to classify any observed precipitation as a convective one, thus extracting 245 convection days with a total number of almost 1600 individual storm events over the project region out of the 5-year data set from 2003 to 2007. Consecutive analyses were used to compute the motion of these storms, a complex process that could not be completely automatized; due to the repeated occurrence of storm splits or coalescences, a manual control of the automatically provided "suggestion" of movement had to be performed in order to merge two or more precipitation maxima to a single storm if necessary, thus yielding the smoothest and most plausible storm tracks and ensuring a high quality of the database. In the first part of the project, distributions for all characteristic parameters have been derived, including the number of storms per day, their place and time of initiation, their motion, lifetime, maximum intensity and maximum "cell volume" (i.e. overall precipitation per time step). Both components of the mean motion as well as of its deviations could be approximated by normal distributions, whereas the number of storms per day, their lifetime, maximum intensity and maximum cell volume roughly followed exponential distributions. The shapes of the convective cells were approximated by Gaussian bells with the peak intensity and the cell volume as boundary conditions. The temporal courses of the peak intensities and cell volumes were assumed to follow parabolas which are symmetric with respect to the half of the lifetime. In the second part of the project, these distributions were used to drive a random generator that allows simulating an arbitrary number of convection days in order to obtain pseudo time series of convective precipitation for each grid point. An algorithm to create correlated samples of random numbers enabled to also account for the observed correlation between some of the parameters, i.e. lifetime and maximum intensity or maximum cell volume. The spatial structures of the return periods of simulated convective precipitation events may provide valuable additional information when being assimilated to the time series measured by the (unfortunately rather sparse) rain gauges in this region. Thus, further studies have to investigate to what extent the "convection simulator" is able to reproduce these time series. Some iterative fine-tuning of the parameters' distributions as well as an extension of the database to a longer time span may further improve the results and enable to simulate realistic spatio-temporal convection scenarios ("design storms") that have the potential to feed hydrological models and, together with vegetation and soil characteristics, hopefully enable to better assess and regionalize the torrent hazard over the project region.

Correlation between Reynolds number and eccentricity effect in stenosed artery models.

PubMed

Javadzadegan, Ashkan; Shimizu, Yasutomo; Behnia, Masud; Ohta, Makoto

2013-01-01

Flow recirculation and shear strain are physiological processes within coronary arteries which are associated with pathogenic biological pathways. Distinct Quite apart from coronary stenosis severity, lesion eccentricity can cause flow recirculation and affect shear strain levels within human coronary arteries. The aim of this study is to analyse the effect of lesion eccentricity on the transient flow behaviour in a model of a coronary artery and also to investigate the correlation between Reynolds number (Re) and the eccentricity effect on flow behaviour. A transient particle image velocimetry (PIV) experiment was implemented in two silicone based models with 70% diameter stenosis, one with eccentric stenosis and one with concentric stenosis. At different times throughout the flow cycle, the eccentric model was always associated with a greater recirculation zone length, maximum shear strain rate and maximum axial velocity; however, the highest and lowest impacts of eccentricity were on the recirculation zone length and maximum shear strain rate, respectively. Analysis of the results revealed a negative correlation between the Reynolds number (Re) and the eccentricity effect on maximum axial velocity, maximum shear strain rate and recirculation zone length. As Re number increases the eccentricity effect on the flow behavior becomes negligible.

Non-consent towing cost study in Utah.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2015-01-01

This study was conducted on behalf of the UDOT Motor Carrier Division at the request of the towing industry in : Utah to evaluate the maximum allowable rates for Non-Consent Towing. The objectives were to: 1-Evaluate : the Current Maximum...

The maximum intelligible range of the human voice

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Boren, Braxton

This dissertation examines the acoustics of the spoken voice at high levels and the maximum number of people that could hear such a voice unamplified in the open air. In particular, it examines an early auditory experiment by Benjamin Franklin which sought to determine the maximum intelligible crowd for the Anglican preacher George Whitefield in the eighteenth century. Using Franklin's description of the experiment and a noise source on Front Street, the geometry and diffraction effects of such a noise source are examined to more precisely pinpoint Franklin's position when Whitefield's voice ceased to be intelligible. Based on historical maps, drawings, and prints, the geometry and material of Market Street is constructed as a computer model which is then used to construct an acoustic cone tracing model. Based on minimal values of the Speech Transmission Index (STI) at Franklin's position, Whitefield's on-axis Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at 1 m is determined, leading to estimates centering around 90 dBA. Recordings are carried out on trained actors and singers to determine their maximum time-averaged SPL at 1 m. This suggests that the greatest average SPL achievable by the human voice is 90-91 dBA, similar to the median estimates for Whitefield's voice. The sites of Whitefield's largest crowds are acoustically modeled based on historical evidence and maps. Based on Whitefield's SPL, the minimal STI value, and the crowd's background noise, this allows a prediction of the minimally intelligible area for each site. These yield maximum crowd estimates of 50,000 under ideal conditions, while crowds of 20,000 to 30,000 seem more reasonable when the crowd was reasonably quiet and Whitefield's voice was near 90 dBA.

A computer program for the geometrically nonlinear static and dynamic analysis of arbitrarily loaded shells of revolution, theory and users manual

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Ball, R. E.

1972-01-01

A digital computer program known as SATANS (static and transient analysis, nonlinear, shells) for the geometrically nonlinear static and dynamic response of arbitrarily loaded shells of revolution is presented. Instructions for the preparation of the input data cards and other information necessary for the operation of the program are described in detail and two sample problems are included. The governing partial differential equations are based upon Sanders' nonlinear thin shell theory for the conditions of small strains and moderately small rotations. The governing equations are reduced to uncoupled sets of four linear, second order, partial differential equations in the meridional and time coordinates by expanding the dependent variables in a Fourier sine or cosine series in the circumferential coordinate and treating the nonlinear modal coupling terms as pseudo loads. The derivatives with respect to the meridional coordinate are approximated by central finite differences, and the displacement accelerations are approximated by the implicit Houbolt backward difference scheme with a constant time interval. The boundaries of the shell may be closed, free, fixed, or elastically restrained. The program is coded in the FORTRAN 4 language and is dimensioned to allow a maximum of 10 arbitrary Fourier harmonics and a maximum product of the total number of meridional stations and the total number of Fourier harmonics of 200. The program requires 155,000 bytes of core storage.

Tailored educational intervention for primary care to improve the management of dementia: the EVIDEM-ED cluster randomized controlled trial.

PubMed

Wilcock, Jane; Iliffe, Steve; Griffin, Mark; Jain, Priya; Thuné-Boyle, Ingela; Lefford, Frances; Rapp, David

2013-11-20

Early diagnosis of dementia is important because this allows those with dementia and their families to engage support and plan ahead. However, dementia remains underdetected and suboptimally managed in general practice. Our objective was to test the effect of a workplace-based tailored educational intervention developed for general practice on the clinical management of people with dementia. The tailored educational intervention was tested in an unblinded cluster randomized controlled trial with a pre/post-intervention design, with two arms: usual/normal care control versus educational intervention. The primary outcome measure was an increase in the proportion of patients with dementia who received at least two documented dementia-specific management reviews per year. Case identification was a secondary outcome measure. 23 practices in South-East England participated. A total of 1,072 patients with dementia (intervention: 512, control: 560) had information in their medical records showing the number of reviews within 12 months (or a proportion of) before intervention or randomization and within 12 months (or a proportion of) after. The mean total number of dementia management reviews after the educational intervention for people with dementia was 0.89 (SD 1.09; minimum 0; median 1; maximum 8) compared with 0.89 (SD 0.92; minimum 0; median 1; maximum 4) before intervention. In the control group prior to randomization the mean total number of dementia management reviews was 1.66 (SD 1.87; minimum 0; median 1; maximum 12) and in the period after randomization it was 1.56 (SD 1.79; minimum 0; median 1; maximum 11). Case detection rates were unaffected. The estimated incidence rate ratio for intervention versus control group was 1.03 (P = 0.927, 95% CI 0.57 to 1.86). The trial was timely, coinciding with financial incentives for dementia management in general practice (through the Quality Outcomes Framework); legal imperatives (in the form of the Mental Capacity Act 2005); policy pressure (The National Dementia Strategy 2009); and new resources (such as dementia advisors) that increased the salience of dementia for general practitioners. Despite this the intervention did not alter the documentation of clinical management of patients with dementia in volunteer practices, nor did it increase case identification. NCT00866099/Clinical Trials.

Maximum thrust mode evaluation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Orme, John S.; Nobbs, Steven G.

1995-01-01

Measured reductions in acceleration times which resulted from the application of the F-15 performance seeking control (PSC) maximum thrust mode during the dual-engine test phase is presented as a function of power setting and flight condition. Data were collected at altitudes of 30,000 and 45,000 feet at military and maximum afterburning power settings. The time savings for the supersonic acceleration is less than at subsonic Mach numbers because of the increased modeling and control complexity. In addition, the propulsion system was designed to be optimized at the mid supersonic Mach number range. Recall that even though the engine is at maximum afterburner, PSC does not trim the afterburner for the maximum thrust mode. Subsonically at military power, time to accelerate from Mach 0.6 to 0.95 was cut by between 6 and 8 percent with a single engine application of PSC, and over 14 percent when both engines were optimized. At maximum afterburner, the level of thrust increases were similar in magnitude to the military power results, but because of higher thrust levels at maximum afterburner and higher aircraft drag at supersonic Mach numbers the percentage thrust increase and time to accelerate was less than for the supersonic accelerations. Savings in time to accelerate supersonically at maximum afterburner ranged from 4 to 7 percent. In general, the maximum thrust mode has performed well, demonstrating significant thrust increases at military and maximum afterburner power. Increases of up to 15 percent at typical combat-type flight conditions were identified. Thrust increases of this magnitude could be useful in a combat situation.

Comparison of five cluster validity indices performance in brain [18 F]FET-PET image segmentation using k-means.

PubMed

Abualhaj, Bedor; Weng, Guoyang; Ong, Melissa; Attarwala, Ali Asgar; Molina, Flavia; Büsing, Karen; Glatting, Gerhard

2017-01-01

Dynamic [ 18 F]fluoro-ethyl-L-tyrosine positron emission tomography ([ 18 F]FET-PET) is used to identify tumor lesions for radiotherapy treatment planning, to differentiate glioma recurrence from radiation necrosis and to classify gliomas grading. To segment different regions in the brain k-means cluster analysis can be used. The main disadvantage of k-means is that the number of clusters must be pre-defined. In this study, we therefore compared different cluster validity indices for automated and reproducible determination of the optimal number of clusters based on the dynamic PET data. The k-means algorithm was applied to dynamic [ 18 F]FET-PET images of 8 patients. Akaike information criterion (AIC), WB, I, modified Dunn's and Silhouette indices were compared on their ability to determine the optimal number of clusters based on requirements for an adequate cluster validity index. To check the reproducibility of k-means, the coefficients of variation CVs of the objective function values OFVs (sum of squared Euclidean distances within each cluster) were calculated using 100 random centroid initialization replications RCI 100 for 2 to 50 clusters. k-means was performed independently on three neighboring slices containing tumor for each patient to investigate the stability of the optimal number of clusters within them. To check the independence of the validity indices on the number of voxels, cluster analysis was applied after duplication of a slice selected from each patient. CVs of index values were calculated at the optimal number of clusters using RCI 100 to investigate the reproducibility of the validity indices. To check if the indices have a single extremum, visual inspection was performed on the replication with minimum OFV from RCI 100 . The maximum CV of OFVs was 2.7 × 10 -2 from all patients. The optimal number of clusters given by modified Dunn's and Silhouette indices was 2 or 3 leading to a very poor segmentation. WB and I indices suggested in median 5, [range 4-6] and 4, [range 3-6] clusters, respectively. For WB, I, modified Dunn's and Silhouette validity indices the suggested optimal number of clusters was not affected by the number of the voxels. The maximum coefficient of variation of WB, I, modified Dunn's, and Silhouette validity indices were 3 × 10 -2 , 1, 2 × 10 -1 and 3 × 10 -3 , respectively. WB-index showed a single global maximum, whereas the other indices showed also local extrema. From the investigated cluster validity indices, the WB-index is best suited for automated determination of the optimal number of clusters for [ 18 F]FET-PET brain images for the investigated image reconstruction algorithm and the used scanner: it yields meaningful results allowing better differentiation of tissues with higher number of clusters, it is simple, reproducible and has an unique global minimum. © 2016 American Association of Physicists in Medicine.

Elaboration and Characterization of TiO2 and Study of the Influence of The Number of Thin Films on the Methylene Blue Adsorption Rate

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Madoui, Karima; Medjahed, Aicha; Hamici, Melia; Djamila, Abdi; Boudissa, Mokhtar

2018-05-01

Thin films of titanium oxide (TiO2) deposited on glass substrates were fabricated by using the sol-gel route. The realization of these thin layers was made using the dip-coating technique with a solution of titanium isopropoxyde as a precursor. The samples prepared with different numbers of deposited layers were annealed at 400 ° C for 2 hours. The main purposes of this work were investigations of both the effect of the number of thin TiO2 layers on the crystal structure of the anatase form first and, their ability to adsorb the solution of methylene blue in order to make colored filters from a photocatalytic process. The deposited titanium-oxide layers were characterized by using various techniques: namely, X-ray diffraction (XRD), Raman spectroscopy, atomic force microscopy (AFM) and UV-Visible spectrometry. The result obtained by using the XRD technique showed the appearance of an anatase phase, as was confirmed by using Raman spectroscopy. The AFM surface analysis allowed the surface topography to be characterized and the surface roughness to be measured, which increased with increasing number of layers. The UV-Visible spectra showed that the TiO2 films had a good transmittance varying from 65% to 95% according to the number of layers. The gap energy varied as a function of the number of deposited layers. The as deposited TiO2 layers were tested as a photocatalyst towards the adsorption of methylene blue dye. The results obtained during this study showed that the adsorption capacity varied according to the number of deposited thin layers and the exposing duration to ultraviolet (UV) light. The maximum absorption rate of the dye was obtained for the two-layer sample. Seventy-two hours of irradiation allowed the adsorption intensity of the dye to be maximized for two-layer films.

Reynolds number effect on overall performance of a 10.8-centimeter (4.25-inch) sweptback bladed centrifugal compressor

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Weigel, C.; Ball, C. L.

1972-01-01

The performance data were taken at 50,000 rpm, using argon gas. As the Reynolds number was reduced from near design value to 30 percent of design, the maximum efficiency decreased about 1.5 percentage points. Reducing the Reynolds number from 30 percent to approximately 10 percent of design caused the maximum efficiency to decrease another 2.5 percentage points. The variation in loss with Reynolds number is compared with inverse power relation of loss with Reynolds number.

ARMA-Based SEM When the Number of Time Points T Exceeds the Number of Cases N: Raw Data Maximum Likelihood.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hamaker, Ellen L.; Dolan, Conor V.; Molenaar, Peter C. M.

2003-01-01

Demonstrated, through simulation, that stationary autoregressive moving average (ARMA) models may be fitted readily when T>N, using normal theory raw maximum likelihood structural equation modeling. Also provides some illustrations based on real data. (SLD)

The Impact of Reconstruction Methods, Phylogenetic Uncertainty and Branch Lengths on Inference of Chromosome Number Evolution in American Daisies (Melampodium, Asteraceae)

PubMed Central

McCann, Jamie; Stuessy, Tod F.; Villaseñor, Jose L.; Weiss-Schneeweiss, Hanna

2016-01-01

Chromosome number change (polyploidy and dysploidy) plays an important role in plant diversification and speciation. Investigating chromosome number evolution commonly entails ancestral state reconstruction performed within a phylogenetic framework, which is, however, prone to uncertainty, whose effects on evolutionary inferences are insufficiently understood. Using the chromosomally diverse plant genus Melampodium (Asteraceae) as model group, we assess the impact of reconstruction method (maximum parsimony, maximum likelihood, Bayesian methods), branch length model (phylograms versus chronograms) and phylogenetic uncertainty (topological and branch length uncertainty) on the inference of chromosome number evolution. We also address the suitability of the maximum clade credibility (MCC) tree as single representative topology for chromosome number reconstruction. Each of the listed factors causes considerable incongruence among chromosome number reconstructions. Discrepancies between inferences on the MCC tree from those made by integrating over a set of trees are moderate for ancestral chromosome numbers, but severe for the difference of chromosome gains and losses, a measure of the directionality of dysploidy. Therefore, reliance on single trees, such as the MCC tree, is strongly discouraged and model averaging, taking both phylogenetic and model uncertainty into account, is recommended. For studying chromosome number evolution, dedicated models implemented in the program ChromEvol and ordered maximum parsimony may be most appropriate. Chromosome number evolution in Melampodium follows a pattern of bidirectional dysploidy (starting from x = 11 to x = 9 and x = 14, respectively) with no prevailing direction. PMID:27611687

The Impact of Reconstruction Methods, Phylogenetic Uncertainty and Branch Lengths on Inference of Chromosome Number Evolution in American Daisies (Melampodium, Asteraceae).

PubMed

McCann, Jamie; Schneeweiss, Gerald M; Stuessy, Tod F; Villaseñor, Jose L; Weiss-Schneeweiss, Hanna

2016-01-01

Chromosome number change (polyploidy and dysploidy) plays an important role in plant diversification and speciation. Investigating chromosome number evolution commonly entails ancestral state reconstruction performed within a phylogenetic framework, which is, however, prone to uncertainty, whose effects on evolutionary inferences are insufficiently understood. Using the chromosomally diverse plant genus Melampodium (Asteraceae) as model group, we assess the impact of reconstruction method (maximum parsimony, maximum likelihood, Bayesian methods), branch length model (phylograms versus chronograms) and phylogenetic uncertainty (topological and branch length uncertainty) on the inference of chromosome number evolution. We also address the suitability of the maximum clade credibility (MCC) tree as single representative topology for chromosome number reconstruction. Each of the listed factors causes considerable incongruence among chromosome number reconstructions. Discrepancies between inferences on the MCC tree from those made by integrating over a set of trees are moderate for ancestral chromosome numbers, but severe for the difference of chromosome gains and losses, a measure of the directionality of dysploidy. Therefore, reliance on single trees, such as the MCC tree, is strongly discouraged and model averaging, taking both phylogenetic and model uncertainty into account, is recommended. For studying chromosome number evolution, dedicated models implemented in the program ChromEvol and ordered maximum parsimony may be most appropriate. Chromosome number evolution in Melampodium follows a pattern of bidirectional dysploidy (starting from x = 11 to x = 9 and x = 14, respectively) with no prevailing direction.

Extremes in Otolaryngology Resident Surgical Case Numbers: An Update.

PubMed

Baugh, Tiffany P; Franzese, Christine B

2017-06-01

Objectives The purpose of this study is to examine the effect of minimum case numbers on otolaryngology resident case log data and understand differences in minimum, mean, and maximum among certain procedures as a follow-up to a prior study. Study Design Cross-sectional survey using a national database. Setting Academic otolaryngology residency programs. Subjects and Methods Review of otolaryngology resident national data reports from the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) resident case log system performed from 2004 to 2015. Minimum, mean, standard deviation, and maximum values for total number of supervisor and resident surgeon cases and for specific surgical procedures were compared. Results The mean total number of resident surgeon cases for residents graduating from 2011 to 2015 ranged from 1833.3 ± 484 in 2011 to 2072.3 ± 548 in 2014. The minimum total number of cases ranged from 826 in 2014 to 1004 in 2015. The maximum total number of cases increased from 3545 in 2011 to 4580 in 2015. Multiple key indicator procedures had less than the required minimum reported in 2015. Conclusion Despite the ACGME instituting required minimum numbers for key indicator procedures, residents have graduated without meeting these minimums. Furthermore, there continues to be large variations in the minimum, mean, and maximum numbers for many procedures. Variation among resident case numbers is likely multifactorial. Ensuring proper instruction on coding and case role as well as emphasizing frequent logging by residents will ensure programs have the most accurate data to evaluate their case volume.

Bayesian pedigree inference with small numbers of single nucleotide polymorphisms via a factor-graph representation.

PubMed

Anderson, Eric C; Ng, Thomas C

2016-02-01

We develop a computational framework for addressing pedigree inference problems using small numbers (80-400) of single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). Our approach relaxes the assumptions, which are commonly made, that sampling is complete with respect to the pedigree and that there is no genotyping error. It relies on representing the inferred pedigree as a factor graph and invoking the Sum-Product algorithm to compute and store quantities that allow the joint probability of the data to be rapidly computed under a large class of rearrangements of the pedigree structure. This allows efficient MCMC sampling over the space of pedigrees, and, hence, Bayesian inference of pedigree structure. In this paper we restrict ourselves to inference of pedigrees without loops using SNPs assumed to be unlinked. We present the methodology in general for multigenerational inference, and we illustrate the method by applying it to the inference of full sibling groups in a large sample (n=1157) of Chinook salmon typed at 95 SNPs. The results show that our method provides a better point estimate and estimate of uncertainty than the currently best-available maximum-likelihood sibling reconstruction method. Extensions of this work to more complex scenarios are briefly discussed. Published by Elsevier Inc.

Vertical-axis wind turbine experiments at full dynamic similarity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Duvvuri, Subrahmanyam; Miller, Mark; Brownstein, Ian; Dabiri, John; Hultmark, Marcus

2017-11-01

This study presents results from pressurized (upto 200 atm) wind tunnel tests of a self-spinning 5-blade model Vertical-Axis Wind Turbine (VAWT). The model is geometrically similar (scale ratio 1:22) to a commercially available VAWT, which has a rotor diameter of 2.17 meters and blade span of 3.66 meters, and is used at the Stanford university field lab. The use of pressurized air as working fluid allows for the unique ability to obtain full dynamic similarity with field conditions in terms of matched Reynolds numbers (Re), tip-speed ratios (λ), and Mach number (M). Tests were performed across a wide range of Re and λ, with the highest Re exceeding the maximum operational field Reynolds number (Remax) by a factor of 3. With an extended range of accessible Re conditions, the peak turbine power efficiency was seen to occur roughly at Re = 2 Remax and λ = 1 . Beyond Re > 2 Remax the turbine performance is invariant in Re for all λ. A clear demonstration of Reynolds number invariance for an actual full-scale wind turbine lends novelty to this study, and overall the results show the viability of the present experimental technique in testing turbines at field conditions.

Predicting the number and sizes of IBD regions among family members and evaluating the family size requirement for linkage studies.

PubMed

Yang, Wanling; Wang, Zhanyong; Wang, Lusheng; Sham, Pak-Chung; Huang, Peng; Lau, Yu Lung

2008-12-01

With genotyping of high-density single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) replacing that of microsatellite markers in linkage studies, it becomes possible to accurately determine the genomic regions shared identity by descent (IBD) by family members. In addition to evaluating the likelihood of linkage for a region with the underlining disease (the LOD score approach), an appropriate question to ask is what would be the expected number and sizes of IBD regions among the affecteds, as there could be more than one region reaching the maximum achievable LOD score for a given family. Here, we introduce a computer program to allow the prediction of the total number of IBD regions among family members and their sizes. Reversely, it can be used to predict the portion of the genome that can be excluded from consideration according to the family size and user-defined inheritance mode and penetrance. Such information has implications on the feasibility of conducting linkage analysis on a given family of certain size and structure or on a few small families when interfamily homogeneity can be assumed. It can also help determine the most relevant members to be genotyped for such a study. Simulation results showed that the IBD regions containing true mutations are usually larger than regions IBD due to random chance. We have made use of this feature in our program to allow evaluation of the identified IBD regions based on Bayesian probability calculation and simulation results.

All-inkjet-printed thin-film transistors: manufacturing process reliability by root cause analysis.

PubMed

Sowade, Enrico; Ramon, Eloi; Mitra, Kalyan Yoti; Martínez-Domingo, Carme; Pedró, Marta; Pallarès, Jofre; Loffredo, Fausta; Villani, Fulvia; Gomes, Henrique L; Terés, Lluís; Baumann, Reinhard R

2016-09-21

We report on the detailed electrical investigation of all-inkjet-printed thin-film transistor (TFT) arrays focusing on TFT failures and their origins. The TFT arrays were manufactured on flexible polymer substrates in ambient condition without the need for cleanroom environment or inert atmosphere and at a maximum temperature of 150 °C. Alternative manufacturing processes for electronic devices such as inkjet printing suffer from lower accuracy compared to traditional microelectronic manufacturing methods. Furthermore, usually printing methods do not allow the manufacturing of electronic devices with high yield (high number of functional devices). In general, the manufacturing yield is much lower compared to the established conventional manufacturing methods based on lithography. Thus, the focus of this contribution is set on a comprehensive analysis of defective TFTs printed by inkjet technology. Based on root cause analysis, we present the defects by developing failure categories and discuss the reasons for the defects. This procedure identifies failure origins and allows the optimization of the manufacturing resulting finally to a yield improvement.

Current Testing Capabilities at the NASA Ames Ballistic Ranges

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Ramsey, Alvin; Tam, Tim; Bogdanoff, David; Gage, Peter

1999-01-01

Capabilities for designing and performing ballistic range tests at the NASA Ames Research Center are presented. Computational tools to assist in designing and developing ballistic range models and to predict the flight characteristics of these models are described. A CFD code modeling two-stage gun performance is available, allowing muzzle velocity, maximum projectile base pressure, and gun erosion to be predicted. Aerodynamic characteristics such as drag and stability can be obtained at speeds ranging from 0.2 km/s to 8 km/s. The composition and density of the test gas can be controlled, which allows for an assessment of Reynolds number and specific heat ratio effects under conditions that closely match those encountered during planetary entry. Pressure transducers have been installed in the gun breech to record the time history of the pressure during launch, and pressure transducers have also been installed in the walls of the range to measure sonic boom effects. To illustrate the testing capabilities of the Ames ballistic ranges, an overview of some of the recent tests is given.

Cyclic voltammetry of fast conducting electrocatalytic films.

PubMed

Costentin, Cyrille; Savéant, Jean-Michel

2015-07-15

In the framework of contemporary energy challenges, cyclic voltammetry is a particularly useful tool for deciphering the kinetics of catalytic films. The case of fast conducting films is analyzed, whether conduction is of the ohmic type or proceeds through rapid electron hopping. The rate-limiting factors are then the diffusion of the substrate in solution and through the film as well as the catalytic reaction itself. The dimensionless combination of the characteristics of these factors allows reducing the number of actual parameters to a maximum of two. The kinetics of the system may then be fully analyzed with the help of a kinetic zone diagram. Observing the variations of the current-potential responses with operational parameters such as film thickness, the potential scan rate and substrate concentration allows a precise assessment of the interplay between these factors and of the values of the rate controlling factors. A series of thought experiments is described in order to render the kinetic analysis more palpable.

Data Analysis & Statistical Methods for Command File Errors

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Meshkat, Leila; Waggoner, Bruce; Bryant, Larry

2014-01-01

This paper explains current work on modeling for managing the risk of command file errors. It is focused on analyzing actual data from a JPL spaceflight mission to build models for evaluating and predicting error rates as a function of several key variables. We constructed a rich dataset by considering the number of errors, the number of files radiated, including the number commands and blocks in each file, as well as subjective estimates of workload and operational novelty. We have assessed these data using different curve fitting and distribution fitting techniques, such as multiple regression analysis, and maximum likelihood estimation to see how much of the variability in the error rates can be explained with these. We have also used goodness of fit testing strategies and principal component analysis to further assess our data. Finally, we constructed a model of expected error rates based on the what these statistics bore out as critical drivers to the error rate. This model allows project management to evaluate the error rate against a theoretically expected rate as well as anticipate future error rates.

Intrinsic physical conditions and structure of relativistic jets in active galactic nuclei

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nokhrina, E. E.; Beskin, V. S.; Kovalev, Y. Y.; Zheltoukhov, A. A.

2015-03-01

The analysis of the frequency dependence of the observed shift of the cores of relativistic jets in active galactic nuclei (AGNs) allows us to evaluate the number density of the outflowing plasma ne and, hence, the multiplicity parameter λ = ne/nGJ, where nGJ is the Goldreich-Julian number density. We have obtained the median value for λmed = 3 × 1013 and the median value for the Michel magnetization parameter σM, med = 8 from an analysis of 97 sources. Since the magnetization parameter can be interpreted as the maximum possible Lorentz factor Γ of the bulk motion which can be obtained for relativistic magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) flow, this estimate is in agreement with the observed superluminal motion of bright features in AGN jets. Moreover, knowing these key parameters, one can determine the transverse structure of the flow. We show that the poloidal magnetic field and particle number density are much larger in the centre of the jet than near the jet boundary. The MHD model can also explain the typical observed level of jet acceleration. Finally, casual connectivity of strongly collimated jets is discussed.

Reduction of variance in spectral estimates for correction of ultrasonic aberration.

PubMed

Astheimer, Jeffrey P; Pilkington, Wayne C; Waag, Robert C

2006-01-01

A variance reduction factor is defined to describe the rate of convergence and accuracy of spectra estimated from overlapping ultrasonic scattering volumes when the scattering is from a spatially uncorrelated medium. Assuming that the individual volumes are localized by a spherically symmetric Gaussian window and that centers of the volumes are located on orbits of an icosahedral rotation group, the factor is minimized by adjusting the weight and radius of each orbit. Conditions necessary for the application of the variance reduction method, particularly for statistical estimation of aberration, are examined. The smallest possible value of the factor is found by allowing an unlimited number of centers constrained only to be within a ball rather than on icosahedral orbits. Computations using orbits formed by icosahedral vertices, face centers, and edge midpoints with a constraint radius limited to a small multiple of the Gaussian width show that a significant reduction of variance can be achieved from a small number of centers in the confined volume and that this reduction is nearly the maximum obtainable from an unlimited number of centers in the same volume.

To study the effect of orbital sling on post operative vision in cases of maxillary carcinoma undergoing total maxillectomy.

PubMed

Shukla, Anirudh; Dudeja, Vivek

2014-06-01

To study effect of orbital sling on post operative vision in cases of maxillary carcinoma undergoing total maxillectomy. All patients with the principal procedure of "total maxillectomy" for histopathologically proven cases of carcinoma maxilla in department of otorhinolaryngology and head-neck surgery, N.S.C.B. medical college, Jabalapur, Madhya Pradesh, India from July 2011 to October 2013 were included. Out of the 20 patients irrespective of whether orbital sling was created or not, maximum number of patients 8 (40 %) showed a 3 step improvement, and maximum improvement seen was up to five steps. Out of the 14 patients in which orbital sling was created maximum number of patients 7 (50 %) showed a 3 step improvement, and maximum improvement seen was up to five steps. Out of the 6 patients in whom orbital sling was not created maximum number of patients 3 (50 %) showed a 2 step improvement, and maximum improvement seen was up to three steps. Infraorbital repair with the help of sling results in better improvement of vision as compared to those in whom sling was not or could not be made with no significant difference on eye movements.

40 CFR 204.55-3 - Configuration identification.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... compressor stages. (3) Maximum pressure (psi). (4) Air intake system of compressor: (i) Number of filters; (ii) Type of filters. (5) The engine system: (i) Number of cylinders and configuration (L-6, V-8, V-12..., water cooled. (7) Fan: (i) Diameter; (ii) Maximum fan rpm. (8) The compressor enclosure: (i) Height...

40 CFR 204.55-3 - Configuration identification.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... compressor stages. (3) Maximum pressure (psi). (4) Air intake system of compressor: (i) Number of filters; (ii) Type of filters. (5) The engine system: (i) Number of cylinders and configuration (L-6, V-8, V-12..., water cooled. (7) Fan: (i) Diameter; (ii) Maximum fan rpm. (8) The compressor enclosure: (i) Height...

40 CFR 204.55-3 - Configuration identification.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... compressor stages. (3) Maximum pressure (psi). (4) Air intake system of compressor: (i) Number of filters; (ii) Type of filters. (5) The engine system: (i) Number of cylinders and configuration (L-6, V-8, V-12..., water cooled. (7) Fan: (i) Diameter; (ii) Maximum fan rpm. (8) The compressor enclosure: (i) Height...

40 CFR 204.55-3 - Configuration identification.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... compressor stages. (3) Maximum pressure (psi). (4) Air intake system of compressor: (i) Number of filters; (ii) Type of filters. (5) The engine system: (i) Number of cylinders and configuration (L-6, V-8, V-12..., water cooled. (7) Fan: (i) Diameter; (ii) Maximum fan rpm. (8) The compressor enclosure: (i) Height...

Chemical information obtained from Auger depth profiles by means of advanced factor analysis (MLCFA)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

De Volder, P.; Hoogewijs, R.; De Gryse, R.; Fiermans, L.; Vennik, J.

1993-01-01

The advanced multivariate statistical technique "maximum likelihood common factor analysis (MLCFA)" is shown to be superior to "principal component analysis (PCA)" for decomposing overlapping peaks into their individual component spectra of which neither the number of components nor the peak shape of the component spectra is known. An examination of the maximum resolving power of both techniques, MLCFA and PCA, by means of artificially created series of multicomponent spectra confirms this finding unambiguously. Substantial progress in the use of AES as a chemical-analysis technique is accomplished through the implementation of MLCFA. Chemical information from Auger depth profiles is extracted by investigating the variation of the line shape of the Auger signal as a function of the changing chemical state of the element. In particular, MLCFA combined with Auger depth profiling has been applied to problems related to steelcord-rubber tyre adhesion. MLCFA allows one to elucidate the precise nature of the interfacial layer of reaction products between natural rubber vulcanized on a thin brass layer. This study reveals many interesting chemical aspects of the oxi-sulfidation of brass undetectable with classical AES.

How Enzymes Work: A Look through the Perspective of Molecular Viscoelastic Properties

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Qu, Hao; Zocchi, Giovanni

2013-01-01

We present nanorheology measurements on the folded state of an enzyme that show directly that the (ensemble-averaged) stress-strain relations are nonlinear and frequency dependent beyond 1-Å deformation. We argue that this frequency dependence allows for opening a nonequilibrium cycle in the force-deformation plane if the forward and backward conformational changes of the enzyme during catalysis happen at different speeds. Using a heuristic model for the experimentally established viscoelastic properties of the enzyme, we examine a number of general features of enzymatic action. We find that the proposed viscoelastic cycle is consistent with the linear decrease of the speed of motor proteins with load. We find a relation between the stall force and the maximum rate for enzymes (in general) and motors (in particular). We estimate the stall force of the motor protein kinesin from thermodynamic quantities and estimate the maximum rate of enzymes from purely mechanical quantities. We propose that the viscoelastic cycle provides a framework for considering mechanochemical coupling in enzymes on the basis of possibly universal materials properties of the folded state of proteins.

Can flexibility help you float?

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Burton, L. J.; Bush, J. W. M.

2012-10-01

We consider the role of flexibility in the weight-bearing characteristics of bodies floating at an interface. Specifically, we develop a theoretical model for a two-dimensional thin floating plate that yields the maximum stable plate load and optimal stiffness for weight support. Plates small relative to the capillary length are primarily supported by surface tension, and their weight-bearing potential does not benefit from flexibility. Above a critical size comparable to the capillary length, flexibility assists interfacial flotation. For plates on the order of and larger than the capillary length, deflection from an initially flat shape increases the force resulting from hydrostatic pressure, allowing the plate to support a greater load. In this large plate limit, the shape that bears the most weight is a semicircle, which displaces the most fluid above the plate for a fixed plate length. Exact results for maximum weight-bearing plate shapes are compared to analytic approximations made in the limits of large and small plate sizes. The value of flexibility for floating to a number of biological organisms is discussed in light of our study.

Cytoprophet: a Cytoscape plug-in for protein and domain interaction networks inference.

PubMed

Morcos, Faruck; Lamanna, Charles; Sikora, Marcin; Izaguirre, Jesús

2008-10-01

Cytoprophet is a software tool that allows prediction and visualization of protein and domain interaction networks. It is implemented as a plug-in of Cytoscape, an open source software framework for analysis and visualization of molecular networks. Cytoprophet implements three algorithms that predict new potential physical interactions using the domain composition of proteins and experimental assays. The algorithms for protein and domain interaction inference include maximum likelihood estimation (MLE) using expectation maximization (EM); the set cover approach maximum specificity set cover (MSSC) and the sum-product algorithm (SPA). After accepting an input set of proteins with Uniprot ID/Accession numbers and a selected prediction algorithm, Cytoprophet draws a network of potential interactions with probability scores and GO distances as edge attributes. A network of domain interactions between the domains of the initial protein list can also be generated. Cytoprophet was designed to take advantage of the visual capabilities of Cytoscape and be simple to use. An example of inference in a signaling network of myxobacterium Myxococcus xanthus is presented and available at Cytoprophet's website. http://cytoprophet.cse.nd.edu.

Gamma-ray exposure hazard due to stowage of M-774 APFSDS (Armour-piercing fin-stabilized discarding-sabot) rounds in a Leopard C-1 main battle tank. Technical note

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Robitaille, H.A.

1983-09-01

The M-744 APFSDS anti-tank round contains a depleted-uranium penetrator of 3.4 kgram mass. Since depleted uranium is naturally radioactive, the storage of a substantial number of these rounds inside a Leopard C-1 main battle tank creates a gamma radiation field within the vehicle. Gamma-ray exposure rates have been measured using a sodium-iodide spectrometer at each of the four crew-member locations and for two turret orientations, with 59 rounds stowed in the vehicle. In all cases the measured gamma-ray dose rates were less than a maximum of 0.17 millirad per hour observed at the loader's position. Assuming the loader spent anmore » entire week (168 hours) at his station, his integrated dose would amount to 29 mRad - approximately a factor of 4 lower than the maximum currently allowed by Canadian Forces regulations. It is therefore concluded that the M774 round does not represent a significant gamma radiation hazard to Leopard C1 crewmembers.« less

Reconfiguration of the multiwavelength operation of optical fiber ring lasers by the modifiable intra-cavity induced losses of an in-fiber tip probe modal Michelson interferometer

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Salceda-Delgado, G.; Martinez-Rios, A.; Sierra-Hernandez, J. M.; Rodríguez-Carreón, V. C.; Toral-Acosta, D.; Selvas-Aguilar, R.; Álvarez-Tamayo, R. I.; Castillo-Guzman, A. A.; Rojas-Laguna, R.

2018-03-01

A straightforward and versatile method for switching from single to different multiwavelength laser emission in ring cavity fiber lasers is proposed and demonstrated experimentally. The method is based on using the changeable interference pattern from an optical fiber modal Michelson interferometer as a wavelength selective filter into the ring cavity laser. The interferometer is constructed using a bi-conical tapered fiber and a single-mode fiber segment, with these being spliced together to form an optical fiber tip probe. When the length of the single-mode fiber piece is modified, the phase difference between the interfering modes of the interferometer causes a change in the interferometer free spectral range. As a consequence, the laser intra-cavity losses lead to gain competition, which allows us to adjust the number of simultaneously generated laser lines. A multiwavelength reconfiguration of the laser from one up to a maximum of eight emission lines was obtained, with a maximum SNR of around 47 dBm.

A flexible, extendable, modular and computationally efficient approach to scattering-integral-based seismic full waveform inversion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schumacher, F.; Friederich, W.; Lamara, S.

2016-02-01

We present a new conceptual approach to scattering-integral-based seismic full waveform inversion (FWI) that allows a flexible, extendable, modular and both computationally and storage-efficient numerical implementation. To achieve maximum modularity and extendability, interactions between the three fundamental steps carried out sequentially in each iteration of the inversion procedure, namely, solving the forward problem, computing waveform sensitivity kernels and deriving a model update, are kept at an absolute minimum and are implemented by dedicated interfaces. To realize storage efficiency and maximum flexibility, the spatial discretization of the inverted earth model is allowed to be completely independent of the spatial discretization employed by the forward solver. For computational efficiency reasons, the inversion is done in the frequency domain. The benefits of our approach are as follows: (1) Each of the three stages of an iteration is realized by a stand-alone software program. In this way, we avoid the monolithic, unflexible and hard-to-modify codes that have often been written for solving inverse problems. (2) The solution of the forward problem, required for kernel computation, can be obtained by any wave propagation modelling code giving users maximum flexibility in choosing the forward modelling method. Both time-domain and frequency-domain approaches can be used. (3) Forward solvers typically demand spatial discretizations that are significantly denser than actually desired for the inverted model. Exploiting this fact by pre-integrating the kernels allows a dramatic reduction of disk space and makes kernel storage feasible. No assumptions are made on the spatial discretization scheme employed by the forward solver. (4) In addition, working in the frequency domain effectively reduces the amount of data, the number of kernels to be computed and the number of equations to be solved. (5) Updating the model by solving a large equation system can be done using different mathematical approaches. Since kernels are stored on disk, it can be repeated many times for different regularization parameters without need to solve the forward problem, making the approach accessible to Occam's method. Changes of choice of misfit functional, weighting of data and selection of data subsets are still possible at this stage. We have coded our approach to FWI into a program package called ASKI (Analysis of Sensitivity and Kernel Inversion) which can be applied to inverse problems at various spatial scales in both Cartesian and spherical geometries. It is written in modern FORTRAN language using object-oriented concepts that reflect the modular structure of the inversion procedure. We validate our FWI method by a small-scale synthetic study and present first results of its application to high-quality seismological data acquired in the southern Aegean.

CENH3-GFP: a visual marker for gametophytic and somatic ploidy determination in Arabidopsis thaliana.

PubMed

De Storme, Nico; Keçeli, Burcu Nur; Zamariola, Linda; Angenon, Geert; Geelen, Danny

2016-01-05

The in vivo determination of the cell-specific chromosome number provides a valuable tool in several aspects of plant research. However, current techniques to determine the endosystemic ploidy level do not allow non-destructive, cell-specific chromosome quantification. Particularly in the gametophytic cell lineages, which are physically encapsulated in the reproductive organ structures, direct in vivo ploidy determination has been proven very challenging. Using Arabidopsis thaliana as a model, we here assess the applicability of recombinant CENH3-GFP reporters for the labeling of the cell's chromocenters and for the monitoring of the gametophytic and somatic chromosome number in vivo. By modulating expression of a CENH3-GFP reporter cassette using different promoters, we isolated two reporter lines that allow for a clear and highly specific labeling of centromeric chromosome regions in somatic and gametophytic cells respectively. Using polyploid plant series and reproductive mutants, we demonstrate that the pWOX2-CENH3-GFP recombinant fusion protein allows for the determination of the gametophytic chromosome number in both male and female gametophytic cells, and additionally labels centromeric regions in early embryo development. Somatic centromere labeling through p35S-CENH3-GFP shows a maximum of ten centromeric dots in young dividing tissues, reflecting the diploid chromosome number (2x = 10), and reveals a progressive decrease in GFP foci frequency throughout plant development. Moreover, using chemical and genetic induction of endomitosis, we demonstrate that CENH3-mediated chromosome labeling provides an easy and valuable tool for the detection and characterization of endomitotic polyploidization events. This study demonstrates that the introgression of the pWOX2-CENH3-GFP reporter construct in Arabidopsis thaliana provides an easy and reliable methodology for determining the chromosome number in developing male and female gametes, and during early embryo development. Somatically expressed CENH3-GFP reporters, on the other hand, constitute a valuable tool to quickly determine the basic somatic ploidy level in young seedlings at the individual cell level and to detect and to quantify endomitotic polyploidization events in a non-destructive, microscopy-based manner.

Apport de l'information geographique dans l'elaboration d'un indicateur de developpement urbain: Abidjan et l'ile de Montreal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zoro, Emma-Georgina

The objective of this project is to carry out a comparative analysis of two urban environments with remote sensing and Geographic Informations Systems, integrating multi-source data. The city of Abidjan (Cote d'Ivoire) and Montreal Island (Quebec) were selected. This study lies within the context of the strong demographic and space growths of urban environments. A supervised classification based on the theory of evidence allowed the identification of mixed pixels. However, the accuracy of this method is lower than that of the bayesian theory. Nevertheless, this method showed that the most credible classes (maximum believes in "closed world") are most probable (maximum probabilities) and thus confirms the bayesian maximum-likelihood decision. On the other hand, the contrary is not necessarily true because of the rules of combination. The urban cover map resulting from classification by the maximum likelihood method was then used to determine a relation between the residential surface and the number of inhabitants in a sector. Moreover, the area of green spaces was an input data (environmental component) for the Urban Development Indicator (IDU), the elaborated model for quantifying the quality of life in urban environment. Moreover, this indicator was defined to allow a total and efficient comparison of urban environments. Following a thorough bibliographical review, seven criteria were retained to describe the optimal conditions for the populations well-being. These criteria were then estimated from standardized indices. The choice of these criteria is a function of the availability of the data to be integrated into the GIS. As the criteria selected have not the same importance in the definition of the quality of urban life, one needed to rank by the method of multicriteria hierarchy and to normalize them in order to join them together in only one parameter. The composite indicator IDU thus obtained allowed to establish that Abidjan had an average development in 1995. While Montreal Island had a strong urban development. Moreover, the comparison of the IDUs reveals requirements of health and educational facilities for Abidjan. In addition, from 1989 to 1995, Abidjan developed itself while Montreal Island showed a light decreasing IDU between 1991 and 1996. Theses assertions are confirmed by the studies carried out on these urban communities and validated the relevance of IDU for quantifying and comparing urban development. Such work can be used by decisions makers to establish urban policies for sustainable development.

Origin and variability of volatile organic compounds observed at an eastern Mediterranean background site (Cyprus)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Debevec, Cécile; Sauvage, Stéphane; Gros, Valérie; Sciare, Jean; Pikridas, Michael; Leonardis, Thierry; Gaudion, Vincent; Depelchin, Laurence; Fronval, Isabelle; Pillet, Laetitia; Sarda-Estève, Roland; Baisnée, Dominique; Bonsang, Bernard; Locoge, Nadine

2016-04-01

Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) include a large number of species from various anthropic and natural sources. Their interest is linked to their toxicity and they are key players in photochemical processes leading to secondary pollutant formation such as ozone, oxygenated species and secondary organic aerosols. More than 7,000 atmospheric measurements of over eighty C2-C16 VOCs, including a wide range of tracers of different specific sources, have been conducted at a background site in Cyprus during a 29-day intensive field campaign held in March 2015 within the framework of ChArMEx and ENVI-Med "CyAr" programs. Primary anthropogenic and biogenic VOCs and oxygenated VOCs (OVOCs), including a number of secondary oxidation products, were measured on-line thanks to flame ionization detection/gas chromatography and proton transfer mass spectrometry (2 GC-FID, time resolution 30 min, 1 PTR-QMS, time resolution 5 min). Additionally, more than 400 off-line 3h-integrated air samples were collected on cartridge and analyzed by GC-FID. Recovery of the different techniques, regular quality checks and uncertainty determination approach allow insuring a good robustness of the dataset. In order to study the variability and the origin of these VOCs, their time series were first analyzed here on the basis of meteorological data and clustering of air mass trajectories. Biogenic compounds appear mainly of local origin and present specific diurnal cycles such as daily maximum for isoprene and a nighttime maximum for monoterpenes. Long-lived anthropogenic compounds as well as OVOCs display higher mixing ratios under the influence of eastern and northern sectors (i.e. Middle East and Turkey) indicating that long-range transport significantly contributes to the VOCs levels in the area. A first factor analysis performed in order to examine different species co-variations allows discerning different source types (primary/secondary, anthropogenic/biogenic, local/regional).

40 CFR 35.669 - Maximum federal share.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... STATE AND LOCAL ASSISTANCE Environmental Program Grants for Tribes Pollution Prevention Grants (section 6605) § 35.669 Maximum federal share. The federal share for Pollution Prevention Grants will not exceed 50 percent of the allowable Tribe and Intertribal Consortium Pollution Prevention project cost...

40 CFR 35.349 - Maximum federal share.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... STATE AND LOCAL ASSISTANCE Environmental Program Grants Pollution Prevention State Grants (section 6605) § 35.349 Maximum federal share. The federal share for Pollution Prevention State Grants will not exceed 50 percent of the allowable pollution prevention State grant project cost. Water Quality Cooperative...

Cellular aging (the Hayflick limit) and species longevity: a unification model based on clonal succession.

PubMed

Juckett, D A

1987-03-01

A model is presented which proposes a specific cause-and-effect relationship between a limited cell division potential and the maximum lifespan of humans and other mammals. It is based on the clonal succession hypothesis of Kay which states that continually replicating cell beds (e.g. bone marrow, intestinal crypts, epidermis) could be composed of cells with short, well-defined division potentials. In this model, the cells of these beds are proposed to exist in an ordered hierarchy which establishes a specific sequence for cell divisions throughout the organism's lifespan. The depletion of division potential at all hierarchical levels leads to a loss of bed function and sets an intrinsic limit to species longevity. A specific hierarchy for cell proliferation is defined which allows the calculation of time to bed depletion and, ultimately, to organism mortality. The model allows the existence of a small number (n) of critical cell beds within the organism and defines organism death as the inability of any one of these beds to produce cells. The model is consistent with all major observations related to cellular and organismic aging. In particular, it links the PDLs (population doubling limit) observed for various species to their mean lifespan; it explains the slow decline in PDL as a function of age of the donor; it establishes a thermodynamically stable maximum lifespan for a disease-free population; and it can explain why tissue transplants outlive donors or hosts.

Study of robot landmark recognition with complex background

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huang, Yuqing; Yang, Jia

2007-12-01

It's of great importance for assisting robot in path planning, position navigating and task performing by perceiving and recognising environment characteristic. To solve the problem of monocular-vision-oriented landmark recognition for mobile intelligent robot marching with complex background, a kind of nested region growing algorithm which fused with transcendental color information and based on current maximum convergence center is proposed, allowing invariance localization to changes in position, scale, rotation, jitters and weather conditions. Firstly, a novel experiment threshold based on RGB vision model is used for the first image segmentation, which allowing some objects and partial scenes with similar color to landmarks also are detected with landmarks together. Secondly, with current maximum convergence center on segmented image as each growing seed point, the above region growing algorithm accordingly starts to establish several Regions of Interest (ROI) orderly. According to shape characteristics, a quick and effectual contour analysis based on primitive element is applied in deciding whether current ROI could be reserved or deleted after each region growing, then each ROI is judged initially and positioned. When the position information as feedback is conveyed to the gray image, the whole landmarks are extracted accurately with the second segmentation on the local image that exclusive to landmark area. Finally, landmarks are recognised by Hopfield neural network. Results issued from experiments on a great number of images with both campus and urban district as background show the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm.

Determination of the number of Vertical Axis Wind Turbine blades based on power spectrum

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fedak, Waldemar; Anweiler, Stanisław; Gancarski, Wojciech; Ulbrich, Roman

2017-10-01

Technology of wind exploitation has been applied widely all over the world and has already reached the level in which manufacturers want to maximize the yield with the minimum investment outlays. The main objective of this paper is the determination of the optimal number of blades in the Cup-Bladed Vertical Axis Wind Turbine. Optimizing the size of the Vertical Axis Wind Turbine allows the reduction of costs. The maximum power of the rotor is selected as the performance target. The optimum number of Vertical Axis Wind Turbine blades evaluation is based on analysis of a single blade simulation and its superposition for the whole rotor. The simulation of working blade was done in MatLab environment. Power spectrum graphs were prepared and compared throughout superposition of individual blades in the Vertical Axis Wind Turbine rotor. The major result of this research is the Vertical Axis Wind Turbine power characteristic. On the basis of the analysis of the power spectra, optimum number of the blades was specified for the analysed rotor. Power spectrum analysis of wind turbine enabled the specification of the optimal number of blades, and can be used regarding investment outlays and power output of the Vertical Axis Wind Turbine.

Exergy analysis of large-scale helium liquefiers: Evaluating design trade-offs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Thomas, Rijo Jacob; Ghosh, Parthasarathi; Chowdhury, Kanchan

2014-01-01

It is known that higher heat exchanger area, more number of expanders with higher efficiency and more involved configuration with multi-pressure compression system increase the plant efficiency of a helium liquefier. However, they involve higher capital investment and larger size. Using simulation software Aspen Hysys v 7.0 and exergy analysis as the tool of analysis, authors have attempted to identify various trade-offs while selecting the number of stages, the pressure levels in compressor, the cold-end configuration, the heat exchanger surface area, the maximum allowable pressure drop in heat exchangers, the efficiency of expanders, the parallel/series connection of expanders etc. Use of more efficient cold ends reduces the number of refrigeration stages and the size of the plant. For achieving reliability along with performance, a configuration with a combination of expander and Joule-Thomson valve is found to be a better choice for cold end. Use of multi-pressure system is relevant only when the number of refrigeration stages is more than 5. Arrangement of expanders in series reduces the number of expanders as well as the heat exchanger size with slight expense of plant efficiency. Superior heat exchanger (having less pressure drop per unit heat transfer area) results in only 5% increase of plant performance even when it has 100% higher heat exchanger surface area.

29 CFR 778.101 - Maximum nonovertime hours.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 29 Labor 3 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum nonovertime hours. 778.101 Section 778.101 Labor... Requirements Introductory § 778.101 Maximum nonovertime hours. As a general standard, section 7(a) of the Act provides 40 hours as the maximum number that an employee subject to its provisions may work for an employer...

14 CFR 25.1505 - Maximum operating limit speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum operating limit speed. 25.1505... Operating Limitations § 25.1505 Maximum operating limit speed. The maximum operating limit speed (V MO/M MO airspeed or Mach Number, whichever is critical at a particular altitude) is a speed that may not be...

14 CFR 25.1505 - Maximum operating limit speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Maximum operating limit speed. 25.1505... Operating Limitations § 25.1505 Maximum operating limit speed. The maximum operating limit speed (V MO/M MO airspeed or Mach Number, whichever is critical at a particular altitude) is a speed that may not be...

Resitting a high-stakes postgraduate medical examination on multiple occasions: nonlinear multilevel modelling of performance in the MRCP(UK) examinations.

PubMed

McManus, I C; Ludka, Katarzyna

2012-06-14

Failure rates in postgraduate examinations are often high and many candidates therefore retake examinations on several or even many times. Little, however, is known about how candidates perform across those multiple attempts. A key theoretical question to be resolved is whether candidates pass at a resit because they have got better, having acquired more knowledge or skills, or whether they have got lucky, chance helping them to get over the pass mark. In the UK, the issue of resits has become of particular interest since the General Medical Council issued a consultation and is considering limiting the number of attempts candidates may make at examinations. Since 1999 the examination for Membership of the Royal Colleges of Physicians of the United Kingdom (MRCP(UK)) has imposed no limit on the number of attempts candidates can make at its Part 1, Part 2 or PACES (Clinical) examination. The present study examined the performance of candidates on the examinations from 2002/2003 to 2010, during which time the examination structure has been stable. Data were available for 70,856 attempts at Part 1 by 39,335 candidates, 37,654 attempts at Part 2 by 23,637 candidates and 40,303 attempts at PACES by 21,270 candidates, with the maximum number of attempts being 26, 21 and 14, respectively. The results were analyzed using multilevel modelling, fitting negative exponential growth curves to individual candidate performance. The number of candidates taking the assessment falls exponentially at each attempt. Performance improves across attempts, with evidence in the Part 1 examination that candidates are still improving up to the tenth attempt, with a similar improvement up to the fourth attempt in Part 2 and the sixth attempt at PACES. Random effects modelling shows that candidates begin at a starting level, with performance increasing by a smaller amount at each attempt, with evidence of a maximum, asymptotic level for candidates, and candidates showing variation in starting level, rate of improvement and maximum level. Modelling longitudinal performance across the three diets (sittings) shows that the starting level at Part 1 predicts starting level at both Part 2 and PACES, and the rate of improvement at Part 1 also predicts the starting level at Part 2 and PACES. Candidates continue to show evidence of true improvement in performance up to at least the tenth attempt at MRCP(UK) Part 1, although there are individual differences in the starting level, the rate of improvement and the maximum level that can be achieved. Such findings provide little support for arguments that candidates should only be allowed a fixed number of attempts at an examination. However, unlimited numbers of attempts are also difficult to justify because of the inevitable and ever increasing role that luck must play with increasing numbers of resits, so that the issue of multiple attempts might be better addressed by tackling the difficult question of how a pass mark should increase with each attempt at an exam.

Perturbative expansion for the maximum of fractional Brownian motion.

PubMed

Delorme, Mathieu; Wiese, Kay Jörg

2016-07-01

Brownian motion is the only random process which is Gaussian, scale invariant, and Markovian. Dropping the Markovian property, i.e., allowing for memory, one obtains a class of processes called fractional Brownian motion, indexed by the Hurst exponent H. For H=1/2, Brownian motion is recovered. We develop a perturbative approach to treat the nonlocality in time in an expansion in ɛ=H-1/2. This allows us to derive analytic results beyond scaling exponents for various observables related to extreme value statistics: the maximum m of the process and the time t_{max} at which this maximum is reached, as well as their joint distribution. We test our analytical predictions with extensive numerical simulations for different values of H. They show excellent agreement, even for H far from 1/2.

Rotation sensitivity analysis of a two-dimensional array of coupled resonators

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zamani Aghaie, Kiarash; Vigneron, Pierre-Baptiste; Digonnet, Michel J. F.

2015-03-01

In this paper, we study the rotation sensitivity of a gyroscope made of a two-dimensional array of coupled resonators consisting of N columns of one-dimensional coupled resonant optical waveguides (CROWs) connected by two bus waveguides, each CROW consisting of M identical ring resonators. We show that the maximum rotation sensitivity of this structure is a strong function of the parity of the number of rows M. For an odd number of rows, and when the number of columns is small, the maximum sensitivity is high, and it is slightly lower than the maximum sensitivity of a single-ring resonator with two input/output waveguides (the case M = N = 1), which is a resonant waveguide optical gyroscope (RWOG). For an even M and small N, the maximum sensitivity is much lower than that of the RWOG. Increasing the number columns N increases the sensitivity of an even-row 2D CROW sublinearly, as N0.39, up to 30 columns. In comparison, the maximum sensitivity of an RWOG of equal area increases faster, as √N. The sensitivity of the 2D CROW therefore always lags behind that of the RWOG. For a 2×2 CROW, if the spacing between the columns L is increased sufficiently the maximum sensitivity increases linearly with L due to the presence of a composite Mach- Zehnder interferometer in the structure. However, for equal footprints this sensitivity is also not larger than that of a single-ring resonator. Regardless of the number of rows and columns and the spacing, for the same footprint and propagation loss, a 2D CROW gyroscope is not more sensitive than an RWOG.

Epidemiologic programs for computers and calculators. A microcomputer program for multiple logistic regression by unconditional and conditional maximum likelihood methods.

PubMed

Campos-Filho, N; Franco, E L

1989-02-01

A frequent procedure in matched case-control studies is to report results from the multivariate unmatched analyses if they do not differ substantially from the ones obtained after conditioning on the matching variables. Although conceptually simple, this rule requires that an extensive series of logistic regression models be evaluated by both the conditional and unconditional maximum likelihood methods. Most computer programs for logistic regression employ only one maximum likelihood method, which requires that the analyses be performed in separate steps. This paper describes a Pascal microcomputer (IBM PC) program that performs multiple logistic regression by both maximum likelihood estimation methods, which obviates the need for switching between programs to obtain relative risk estimates from both matched and unmatched analyses. The program calculates most standard statistics and allows factoring of categorical or continuous variables by two distinct methods of contrast. A built-in, descriptive statistics option allows the user to inspect the distribution of cases and controls across categories of any given variable.

The Pressurized Logistics Module: Providing Consumables and Resupply Logistics to the Lunar Surface for a Long-duration Manned Mission

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Carpenter, Amanda; Knight, Amanda

2008-01-01

In response to President Bush s 2004 Vision for Space Exploration initiative, NASA established an agency-wide Lunar Architecture Team (LAT) to develop the high-level requirements, assumptions, ground-rules and objectives for a manned mission to the moon. During Phase II of the evaluation, the Habitation Focus Element Group was directed to conceptually develop and design a Pressurized Logistics Module (PLM). The PLM task was delivered with one major requirement: to derive a system with minimal mass and cost, and a maximum, functional, internal volumetric area in order to provide the maximum amount of consumables, supportability and logistic re-supply for a crew of four to the Lunar surface with an overall integrated maximum weight of 5200kg. The PLM was derived from the Habitation Group s "mini-Hab" option. This concept required that the PLM have an aluminum-clad graphite epoxy external truss, utilized for increased mobility and stability, which would encompass a 2.7 meter diameter pressurized aluminum-lithium cylinder. Several trade studies and analyses were performed to determine the final length and orientation of the module, the number of systems required to maintain the PLM, and the number of hatches/mating mechanisms which would successfully and efficiently meet the requirements. Of the five specific configurations assessed, the PLM was determined to have a 3 meter by 3 meter by 5 meter external truss with a 2.7 meter diameter and 5 meter long horizontal, pressurized cylinder with one hatch/mating mechanism on one end cone. Two major assumptions aided in the formulation of the technical baseline: 1) the PLM should be sustainable for up to 18 months on the Lunar Lander without connection to its final destination, the Lunar Outpost, and 2) it must be self-sufficient to withstand a maximum eight hour transit from the Lander to the Outpost. Per these assumptions, eight major systems constitute the PLM: structures, passive mating, protection, power, thermal, avionics, life support and outfitting. Including a conservative 20% growth, the overall estimated tare weight for the PLM was determined to be 2181kg. The tare weight of the design allowed the available internal volume of the cylinder with a 0.20 meter high floor to transport the maximum of either 176 single Crew Transfer Bags (CTBs) or 3019kg.

Changes in the structure of nuclei between the magic neutron numbers 50 and 82 as indicated by a rotating-cluster analysis of the energy values of the first 2+ excited states of isotopes of cadmium, tin, and tellurium

PubMed Central

Pauling, Linus

1981-01-01

Values of R, the radius of rotation of the rotating cluster, are calculated from the observed values of the energy of the lowest 2+ states of the even isotopes of 48Cd, 50Sn, and 52Te with the assumption that the cluster is α, p2, and α, respectively. R shows a maximum at ≈N = 58, a minimum at ≈N = 62, and a second maximum at ≈N = 70. The increase to the first maximum is interpreted as resulting from the overcrowding of spherons (alphas and tritons) in the mantle (outer layer) of the nuclei, causing the cluster to change from rotating in the mantle to skimming over its surface; the decrease to the minimum results from the addition of three dineutrons to the core, expanding the mantle and permitting the rotating cluster to begin to drop back into it; and the increase to the second maximum results from the overcrowding of the larger mantle surrounding the core containing the semi-magic number 14 of neutrons rather than the magic number 8 for N = 50. The decrease after the second maximum results from the further increase in the number of core neutrons to 20, corresponding to the magic number 82. Some additional evidence for the change to an intermediate structure between N = 50 and N = 82 is also discussed. PMID:16593084

A Method of Maximum Power Control in Single-phase Utility Interactive Photovoltaic Generation System by using PWM Current Source Inverter

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Neba, Yasuhiko

This paper deals with a maximum power point tracking (MPPT) control of the photovoltaic generation with the single-phase utility interactive inverter. The photovoltaic arrays are connected by employing the PWM current source inverter to the utility. The use of the pulsating dc current and voltage allows the maximum power point to be searched. The inverter can regulate the array voltage and keep the arrays to the maximum power. This paper gives the control method and the experimental results.

5nsec Dead time multichannel scaling system for Mössbauer spectrometer

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Verrastro, C.; Trombetta, G.; Pita, A.; Saragovi, C.; Duhalde, S.

1991-11-01

A PC programmable and fast multichannel scaling module has been designed to use a commercial Mössbauer spectrometer. This module is based on a 10 single chip 8 bits microcomputer (MC6805) and on a 35 fast ALU, which allows a high performance and low cost system. The module can operate in a stand-alone mode. Data analysis are performed in real time display, on XT/AT IBM PC or compatibles. The channels are ranged between 256 and 4096, the maximum number of counts is 232-1 per channel, the dwell time is 3 μsec and the dead time between channels is 5 nsec. A friendly software display the real time spectrum and offers menues with different options at each state.

Geographical determination of an optimal network of landing sites for Hermes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Goester, J. F.

Once its mission is done, Hermès will perform a deorbit burn, then will pilot towards a specially equipped landing site. As the atmospheric re-entry corridor is limited (the maximum cross range is 1500 km) Hermès will have to be situated on or-bits going near the runway. For safety reasons, we need to get one return opportunity per revolution, so it may be necessary to consider several landing sites and to fit out them. This proposed method allows to find, with easiness and quickness, the geographic areas getting the optimal solutions in term of number of runways, solutions amongst which we will choose already existing sites, checking other meteorologic, politic and economic constraints.

Impact dynamics of liquid marbles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Marston, Jeremy; Supakar, Tinku

2016-11-01

The impact of particle coated droplets (a.k.a. liquid marbles or armored droplets) onto solid substrates is assessed experimentally with high-speed video. The impact is characterized by the maximum spread diameter, which conforms to scaling laws in terms of the impact Weber number, meaning that the marbles behave similar to water droplets during this stage. However, the motion of the particles across the surface allows us to observe both clustering and divergence of the particle shell and, in particular, we observe the formation of arrested shapes (i.e. jammed interfaces) after impact onto hydrophobic surfaces, from an initially spherical shape. In this case, we postulate that the speed of retraction and rate of change of surface coverage is a key ingredient leading to arrested shapes.

Novel method for fabrication of monolithic multi-cavity molds and wafer optics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wielandts, Marc; Wielandts, Remi

2015-10-01

One lens at a time on axis diamond turning or grinding of lens arrays with a large number of lenses is conventionally impractical because of the difficulties to shift and balance the substrate for each lens position. A novel method for automatic indexing was developed. This method uses an innovative mechatronics tooling (patent pending) that allows dynamic indexing at constant work spindle speed for maximum productivity and thermal stability of the work spindle while the balancing condition is maintained. In this paper we shall compare the machining capabilities of this method to free-form machining techniques, discuss about the main issues, present the concept and design of the working prototype and specific test bed, and present the results of the first cutting tests.

Outage Analysis of Dual-hop Cognitive Networks with Relay Selection over Nakagami-m Fading Environment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Zongsheng; Pi, Xurong

2014-09-01

In this paper, we investigate the outage performance of decode-and-forward cognitive relay networks for Nakagami-m fading channels, with considering both best relay selection and interference constraints. Focusing on the relay selection and making use of the underlay cognitive approach, an exact closed-form outage probability expression is derived in an independent, non-identical distributed Nakagami-m environment. The closed-form outage probability provides an efficient means to evaluate the effects of the maximum allowable interference power, number of cognitive relays, and channel conditions between the primary user and cognitive users. Finally, we present numerical results to validate the theory analysis. Moreover, from the simulation results, we obtain that the system can obtain the full diversity.

Orthogonal patterns in binary neural networks

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Baram, Yoram

1988-01-01

A binary neural network that stores only mutually orthogonal patterns is shown to converge, when probed by any pattern, to a pattern in the memory space, i.e., the space spanned by the stored patterns. The latter are shown to be the only members of the memory space under a certain coding condition, which allows maximum storage of M=(2N) sup 0.5 patterns, where N is the number of neurons. The stored patterns are shown to have basins of attraction of radius N/(2M), within which errors are corrected with probability 1 in a single update cycle. When the probe falls outside these regions, the error correction capability can still be increased to 1 by repeatedly running the network with the same probe.

41 CFR 302-7.16 - Is the maximum weight allowance for HHG and temporary storage limited when quarters are furnished...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... Federal Travel Regulation System RELOCATION ALLOWANCES TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE OF PROPERTY 7-TRANSPORTATION AND TEMPORARY STORAGE OF HOUSEHOLD GOODS AND PROFESSIONAL BOOKS, PAPERS, AND EQUIPMENT (PBP&E... allowance for HHG and temporary storage limited when quarters are furnished or partly furnished by the...

Impacts of Stratospheric Dynamics on Atmospheric Behavior from the Ground to Space Solar Minimum and Solar Maximum

DTIC Science & Technology

2015-12-15

from the ground to space solar minimum and solar maximum 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER BAA-76-11-01 5b. GRANT NUMBER N00173-12-1G010 5c. PROGRAM ELEMENT...atmospheric behavior from the ground to space under solar minimum and solar maximum conditions (Contract No.: N00173-12-1-G010 NRL) Project Summary...Dynamical response to solar radiative forcing is a crucial and poorly understood mechanisms. We propose to study the impacts of large dynamical events

Automated generation of IMRT treatment plans for prostate cancer patients with metal hip prostheses: Comparison of different planning strategies

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Voet, Peter W. J.; Dirkx, Maarten L. P.; Breedveld, Sebastiaan

2013-07-15

Purpose: To compare IMRT planning strategies for prostate cancer patients with metal hip prostheses.Methods: All plans were generated fully automatically (i.e., no human trial-and-error interactions) using iCycle, the authors' in-house developed algorithm for multicriterial selection of beam angles and optimization of fluence profiles, allowing objective comparison of planning strategies. For 18 prostate cancer patients (eight with bilateral hip prostheses, ten with a right-sided unilateral prosthesis), two planning strategies were evaluated: (i) full exclusion of beams containing beamlets that would deliver dose to the target after passing a prosthesis (IMRT{sub remove}) and (ii) exclusion of those beamlets only (IMRT{sub cut}). Plansmore » with optimized coplanar and noncoplanar beam arrangements were generated. Differences in PTV coverage and sparing of organs at risk (OARs) were quantified. The impact of beam number on plan quality was evaluated.Results: Especially for patients with bilateral hip prostheses, IMRT{sub cut} significantly improved rectum and bladder sparing compared to IMRT{sub remove}. For 9-beam coplanar plans, rectum V{sub 60Gy} reduced by 17.5%{+-} 15.0% (maximum 37.4%, p= 0.036) and rectum D{sub mean} by 9.4%{+-} 7.8% (maximum 19.8%, p= 0.036). Further improvements in OAR sparing were achievable by using noncoplanar beam setups, reducing rectum V{sub 60Gy} by another 4.6%{+-} 4.9% (p= 0.012) for noncoplanar 9-beam IMRT{sub cut} plans. Large reductions in rectum dose delivery were also observed when increasing the number of beam directions in the plans. For bilateral implants, the rectum V{sub 60Gy} was 37.3%{+-} 12.1% for coplanar 7-beam plans and reduced on average by 13.5% (maximum 30.1%, p= 0.012) for 15 directions.Conclusions: iCycle was able to automatically generate high quality plans for prostate cancer patients with prostheses. Excluding only beamlets that passed through the prostheses (IMRT{sub cut} strategy) significantly improved OAR sparing. Noncoplanar beam arrangements and, to a larger extent, increasing the number of treatment beams further improved plan quality.« less

Effects of uniform surface roughness on vortex-induced vibration of towed vertical cylinders

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kiu, K. Y.; Stappenbelt, B.; Thiagarajan, K. P.

2011-09-01

The present study was motivated by a desire to understand the vortex-induced vibration (VIV) of cylindrical offshore structures such as spars in strong currents. In particular, the consequences of marine growth on the surface as well as natural surface roughness that occurs with years in service are studied. Of special interest is the effect of surface roughness on the response amplitudes and the forces experienced by these structures while undergoing VIV. The experimental apparatus employed for the present study consisted of an elastically mounted rigid vertical cylinder with no end plates, towed along the length of a water tank. The cylinder was attached to a parallel linkage mechanism allowing motion in the transverse direction only. The cylinder surface was covered by sandpapers with known mean particle diameters, thus providing controlled values of roughness coefficient from 0.28×10 -3 to 1.38×10 -2. The tests covered the subcritical range of Reynolds number from 1.7×10 4 to 8.3×10 4, and a reduced velocity range from 4 to 16. It was found that as the roughness of the cylinder was increased the maximum response amplitude and the maximum mean drag coefficient decreased, levelling off to constant values. The onset of lock-in was progressively delayed for rougher cylinders, and the width of the lock-in region showed remarkable reduction at higher roughness values. The Strouhal number was found to display a modest increase with roughness. The dynamic mean drag of the rough cylinders was also found to be lower than that for a smooth cylinder. It is felt that uniform roughness such as caused in marine environments may act favorably to lower VIV incidence and effects in the range of Reynolds number tested.

Simulations of cloudy hyperspectral infrared radiances using the HT-FRTC, a fast PC-based multipurpose radiative transfer code

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Havemann, S.; Aumann, H. H.; Desouza-Machado, S. G.

2017-12-01

The HT-FRTC uses principal components which cover the spectrum at a very high spectral resolution allowing very fast line-by-line-like, hyperspectral and broadband simulations for satellite-based, airborne and ground-based sensors. Using data from IASI and from the Airborne Research Interferometer Evaluation System (ARIES) on board the FAAM BAE 146 aircraft, variational retrievals in principal component space with HT-FRTC as forward model have demonstrated that valuable information on temperature and humidity profiles and on the cirrus cloud properties can be obtained simultaneously. The NASA/JPL/UMBC cloudy RTM inter-comparison project has been working on a global dataset consisting of 7377 AIRS spectra. Initial simulations with HT-FRTC for this dataset have been promising. A next step taken here is to investigate how sensitive the results are with respect to different assumptions in the cloud modelling. One aspect of this is to study how assumptions about the microphysical and related optical properties of liquid/ice clouds impact the statistics of the agreement between model and observations. The other aspect is about the cloud overlap scheme. Different schemes have been tested (maximum, random, maximum random). As the computational cost increases linearly with the number of cloud columns, it will be investigated if there is an optimal number of columns beyond which there is little additional benefit to be gained. During daytime the high wave number channels of AIRS are affected by solar radiation. With full scattering calculations using a monochromatic version of the Edwards-Slingo radiation code the HT-FRTC can model solar radiation reasonably well, but full scattering calculations are relatively expensive. Pure Chou scaling on the other hand can not properly describe scattering of solar radiation by clouds and requires additional refinements.

Variability in human cone topography assessed by adaptive optics scanning laser ophthalmoscopy

PubMed Central

Zhang, Tianjiao; Godara, Pooja; Blanco, Ernesto R.; Griffin, Russell L; Wang, Xiaolin; Curcio, Christine A.; Zhang, Yuhua

2015-01-01

Purpose To assess between- and within-individual variability of macular cone topography in the eyes of young adults. Design Observational case series. Methods Cone photoreceptors in 40 eyes of 20 subjects aged 19–29 years with normal maculae were imaged using a research adaptive optics scanning laser ophthalmoscope. Refractive errors ranged from −3.0 D to 0.63 D and differed by <0.50 D in fellow eyes. Cone density was assessed on a two-dimensional sampling grid over the central 2.4 mm × 2.4 mm. Between-individual variability was evaluated by coefficient of variation (CV). Within-individual variability was quantified by maximum difference and root-mean-square (RMS). Cones were cumulated over increasing eccentricity. Results Peak densities of foveal cones are 168,162 ± 23,529 cones/mm2 (mean ± SD) (CV = 0.14). The number of cones within the cone-dominated foveola (0.8–0.9 mm diameter) is 38,311 ± 2,319 (CV = 0.06). The RMS cone density difference between fellow eyes is 6.78%, and the maximum difference is 23.6%. Mixed model statistical analysis found no difference in the association between eccentricity and cone density in the superior/nasal (p=0.8503), superior/temporal (p=0.1551), inferior/nasal (p=0.8609), and inferior/temporal (p=0.6662) quadrants of fellow eyes. Conclusions New instrumentation imaged the smallest foveal cones, thus allowing accurate assignment of foveal centers and assessment of variability in macular cone density in a large sample of eyes. Though cone densities vary significantly in the fovea, the total number of foveolar cones are very similar both between- and within-subjects. Thus, the total number of foveolar cones may be an important measure of cone degeneration and loss. PMID:25935100

Detection of Mesiobuccal Canal in Maxillary Molars and Distolingual Canal in Mandibular Molars by Dental CT: A Retrospective Study of 100 Cases

PubMed Central

Rathi, Sushma; Patil, Jayaprakash; Jaju, Prashant P.

2010-01-01

Objective. To detect presence of MB2 canal in maxillary molars and distolingual canal in mandibular molars by Dental CT. Material and Methods. A retrospective study of 100 Dental CTs was done. Axial and paraxial images obtained were used to assess the presence of MB2 canal in maxillary molars and distolingual canal in mandibular molars. Results. The youngest patient was of 11 years while the eldest patient was of 77 years. Males were 58 in number and females were 42 in number. MB2 canals were present in 57 patients and distolingual canal was present in 18 patients. Maximum MB2 canals were present in age group between 51 and 60 years, while distolingual canals were present in age group of 21–30 years. Conclusion. Dental CT allows adequate visualization of variation in root canal morphology and can be important diagnostic tool for successful endodontic therapy. PMID:20613946

Electromagnetic-field amplification in finite one-dimensional photonic crystals

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Gorelik, V. S.; Kapaev, V. V., E-mail: kapaev@sci.lebedev.ru

2016-09-15

The electromagnetic-field distribution in a finite one-dimensional photonic crystal is studied using the numerical solution of Maxwell’s equations by the transfer-matrix method. The dependence of the transmission coefficient T on the period d (or the wavelength λ) has the characteristic form with M–1 (M is the number of periods in the structure) maxima with T = 1 in the allowed band of an infinite crystal and zero values in the forbidden band. The field-modulus distribution E(x) in the structure for parameters that correspond to the transmission maxima closest to the boundaries of forbidden bands has maxima at the center ofmore » the structure; the value at the maximum considerably exceeds the incident-field strength. For the number of periods M ~ 50, more than an order of magnitude increase in the field amplification is observed. The numerical results are interpreted with an analytic theory constructed by representing the solution in the form of a linear combination of counterpropagating Floquet modes in a periodic structure.« less

Estimating linear-nonlinear models using Rényi divergences

PubMed Central

Kouh, Minjoon; Sharpee, Tatyana O.

2009-01-01

This paper compares a family of methods for characterizing neural feature selectivity using natural stimuli in the framework of the linear-nonlinear model. In this model, the spike probability depends in a nonlinear way on a small number of stimulus dimensions. The relevant stimulus dimensions can be found by optimizing a Rényi divergence that quantifies a change in the stimulus distribution associated with the arrival of single spikes. Generally, good reconstructions can be obtained based on optimization of Rényi divergence of any order, even in the limit of small numbers of spikes. However, the smallest error is obtained when the Rényi divergence of order 1 is optimized. This type of optimization is equivalent to information maximization, and is shown to saturate the Cramér-Rao bound describing the smallest error allowed for any unbiased method. We also discuss conditions under which information maximization provides a convenient way to perform maximum likelihood estimation of linear-nonlinear models from neural data. PMID:19568981

Estimating linear-nonlinear models using Renyi divergences.

PubMed

Kouh, Minjoon; Sharpee, Tatyana O

2009-01-01

This article compares a family of methods for characterizing neural feature selectivity using natural stimuli in the framework of the linear-nonlinear model. In this model, the spike probability depends in a nonlinear way on a small number of stimulus dimensions. The relevant stimulus dimensions can be found by optimizing a Rényi divergence that quantifies a change in the stimulus distribution associated with the arrival of single spikes. Generally, good reconstructions can be obtained based on optimization of Rényi divergence of any order, even in the limit of small numbers of spikes. However, the smallest error is obtained when the Rényi divergence of order 1 is optimized. This type of optimization is equivalent to information maximization, and is shown to saturate the Cramer-Rao bound describing the smallest error allowed for any unbiased method. We also discuss conditions under which information maximization provides a convenient way to perform maximum likelihood estimation of linear-nonlinear models from neural data.

Time-asymptotic solutions of the Navier-Stokes equation for free shear flows using an alternating-direction implicit method

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rudy, D. H.; Morris, D. J.

1976-01-01

An uncoupled time asymptotic alternating direction implicit method for solving the Navier-Stokes equations was tested on two laminar parallel mixing flows. A constant total temperature was assumed in order to eliminate the need to solve the full energy equation; consequently, static temperature was evaluated by using algebraic relationship. For the mixing of two supersonic streams at a Reynolds number of 1,000, convergent solutions were obtained for a time step 5 times the maximum allowable size for an explicit method. The solution diverged for a time step 10 times the explicit limit. Improved convergence was obtained when upwind differencing was used for convective terms. Larger time steps were not possible with either upwind differencing or the diagonally dominant scheme. Artificial viscosity was added to the continuity equation in order to eliminate divergence for the mixing of a subsonic stream with a supersonic stream at a Reynolds number of 1,000.

Metagenomics uncovers a new group of low GC and ultra-small marine Actinobacteria

PubMed Central

Ghai, Rohit; Mizuno, Carolina Megumi; Picazo, Antonio; Camacho, Antonio; Rodriguez-Valera, Francisco

2013-01-01

We describe a deep-branching lineage of marine Actinobacteria with very low GC content (33%) and the smallest free living cells described yet (cell volume ca. 0.013 μm3), even smaller than the cosmopolitan marine photoheterotroph, ‘Candidatus Pelagibacter ubique'. These microbes are highly related to 16S rRNA sequences retrieved by PCR from the Pacific and Atlantic oceans 20 years ago. Metagenomic fosmids allowed a virtual genome reconstruction that also indicated very small genomes below 1 Mb. A new kind of rhodopsin was detected indicating a photoheterotrophic lifestyle. They are estimated to be ~4% of the total numbers of cells found at the site studied (the Mediterranean deep chlorophyll maximum) and similar numbers were estimated in all tropical and temperate photic zone metagenomes available. Their geographic distribution mirrors that of picocyanobacteria and there appears to be an association between these microbial groups. A new sub-class, ‘Candidatus Actinomarinidae' is proposed to designate these microbes. PMID:23959135

Effective chemotherapy of heterogeneous and drug-resistant early colon cancers by intermittent dose schedules: a computer simulation study.

PubMed

Axelrod, David E; Vedula, Sudeepti; Obaniyi, James

2017-05-01

The effectiveness of cancer chemotherapy is limited by intra-tumor heterogeneity, the emergence of spontaneous and induced drug-resistant mutant subclones, and the maximum dose to which normal tissues can be exposed without adverse side effects. The goal of this project was to determine if intermittent schedules of the maximum dose that allows colon crypt maintenance could overcome these limitations, specifically by eliminating mixtures of drug-resistant mutants from heterogeneous early colon adenomas while maintaining colon crypt function. A computer model of cell dynamics in human colon crypts was calibrated with measurements of human biopsy specimens. The model allowed simulation of continuous and intermittent dose schedules of a cytotoxic chemotherapeutic drug, as well as the drug's effect on the elimination of mutant cells and the maintenance of crypt function. Colon crypts can tolerate a tenfold greater intermittent dose than constant dose. This allows elimination of a mixture of relatively drug-sensitive and drug-resistant mutant subclones from heterogeneous colon crypts. Mutants can be eliminated whether they arise spontaneously or are induced by the cytotoxic drug. An intermittent dose, at the maximum that allows colon crypt maintenance, can be effective in eliminating a heterogeneous mixture of mutant subclones before they fill the crypt and form an adenoma.

On the Importance of Cycle Minimum in Sunspot Cycle Prediction

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wilson, Robert M.; Hathaway, David H.; Reichmann, Edwin J.

1996-01-01

The characteristics of the minima between sunspot cycles are found to provide important information for predicting the amplitude and timing of the following cycle. For example, the time of the occurrence of sunspot minimum sets the length of the previous cycle, which is correlated by the amplitude-period effect to the amplitude of the next cycle, with cycles of shorter (longer) than average length usually being followed by cycles of larger (smaller) than average size (true for 16 of 21 sunspot cycles). Likewise, the size of the minimum at cycle onset is correlated with the size of the cycle's maximum amplitude, with cycles of larger (smaller) than average size minima usually being associated with larger (smaller) than average size maxima (true for 16 of 22 sunspot cycles). Also, it was found that the size of the previous cycle's minimum and maximum relates to the size of the following cycle's minimum and maximum with an even-odd cycle number dependency. The latter effect suggests that cycle 23 will have a minimum and maximum amplitude probably larger than average in size (in particular, minimum smoothed sunspot number Rm = 12.3 +/- 7.5 and maximum smoothed sunspot number RM = 198.8 +/- 36.5, at the 95-percent level of confidence), further suggesting (by the Waldmeier effect) that it will have a faster than average rise to maximum (fast-rising cycles have ascent durations of about 41 +/- 7 months). Thus, if, as expected, onset for cycle 23 will be December 1996 +/- 3 months, based on smoothed sunspot number, then the length of cycle 22 will be about 123 +/- 3 months, inferring that it is a short-period cycle and that cycle 23 maximum amplitude probably will be larger than average in size (from the amplitude-period effect), having an RM of about 133 +/- 39 (based on the usual +/- 30 percent spread that has been seen between observed and predicted values), with maximum amplitude occurrence likely sometime between July 1999 and October 2000.

50 CFR Table 50 to Part 679 - Maximum Number of Groundfish Licenses and the Regulatory Area Specification of Groundfish...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... Specific GOA Communities 50 Table 50 to Part 679 Wildlife and Fisheries FISHERY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT, NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (CONTINUED) FISHERIES OF THE... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 11 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum Number of Groundfish Licenses and...

50 CFR Table 50 to Part 679 - Maximum Number of Groundfish Licenses and the Regulatory Area Specification of Groundfish...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... Specific GOA Communities 50 Table 50 to Part 679 Wildlife and Fisheries FISHERY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT, NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (CONTINUED) FISHERIES OF THE... 50 Wildlife and Fisheries 13 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum Number of Groundfish Licenses and...

Preliminarily study on the maximum handling size, prey size and species selectivity of growth hormone transgenic and non-transgenic common carp Cyprinus carpio when foraging on gastropods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhu, Tingbing; Zhang, Lihong; Zhang, Tanglin; Wang, Yaping; Hu, Wei; Olsen, Rolf Eric; Zhu, Zuoyan

2017-10-01

The present study preliminarily examined the differences in maximum handling size, prey size and species selectivity of growth hormone transgenic and non-transgenic common carp Cyprinus carpio when foraging on four gastropods species (Bellamya aeruginosa, Radix auricularia, Parafossarulus sinensis and Alocinma longicornis) under laboratory conditions. In the maximum handling size trial, five fish from each age group (1-year-old and 2-year-old) and each genotype (transgenic and non-transgenic) of common carp were individually allowed to feed on B. aeruginosa with wide shell height range. The results showed that maximum handling size increased linearly with fish length, and there was no significant difference in maximum handling size between the two genotypes. In the size selection trial, three pairs of 2-year-old transgenic and non-transgenic carp were individually allowed to feed on three size groups of B. aeruginosa. The results show that the two genotypes of C. carpio favored the small-sized group over the large-sized group. In the species selection trial, three pairs of 2-year-old transgenic and non-transgenic carp were individually allowed to feed on thin-shelled B. aeruginosa and thick-shelled R. auricularia, and five pairs of 2-year-old transgenic and non-transgenic carp were individually allowed to feed on two gastropods species (P. sinensis and A. longicornis) with similar size and shell strength. The results showed that both genotypes preferred thin-shelled Radix auricularia rather than thick-shelled B. aeruginosa, but there were no significant difference in selectivity between the two genotypes when fed on P. sinensis and A. longicornis. The present study indicates that transgenic and non-transgenic C. carpio show similar selectivity of predation on the size- and species-limited gastropods. While this information may be useful for assessing the environmental risk of transgenic carp, it does not necessarily demonstrate that transgenic common carp might have lesser environmental impacts than non-transgenic carp.

49 CFR 178.337-3 - Structural integrity.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... calculated design stress at any point in the cargo tank may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value... maximum design stress at any point in the cargo tank must be calculated separately for the loading... with Section VIII of the ASME Code. The cargo tank design must include calculation of stresses...

76 FR 1504 - Pipeline Safety: Establishing Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure or Maximum Operating Pressure...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-01-10

... profile that is dependent upon the pipelines attributes, its geographical location, design, operating... type of threats posed by the pipeline segment, including consideration of the age, design, pipe... calculation. There are several methods available for establishing MAOP or MOP. A hydrostatic pressure test...

14 CFR 25.365 - Pressurized compartment loads.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... Pressurized compartment loads. For airplanes with one or more pressurized compartments the following apply: (a... differential loads from zero up to the maximum relief valve setting. (b) The external pressure distribution in... zero up to the maximum allowed during landing. (d) The airplane structure must be designed to be able...

A Study of Item Bias for Attitudinal Measurement Using Maximum Likelihood Factor Analysis.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mayberry, Paul W.

A technique for detecting item bias that is responsive to attitudinal measurement considerations is a maximum likelihood factor analysis procedure comparing multivariate factor structures across various subpopulations, often referred to as SIFASP. The SIFASP technique allows for factorial model comparisons in the testing of various hypotheses…

49 CFR 178.337-3 - Structural integrity.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... stress at any point in the cargo tank may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in... ASME Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at... ASME Code. The cargo tank design must include calculation of stresses generated by design pressure, the...

41 CFR 302-6.103 - What is the latest period for which actual TQSE reimbursement may begin?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... reimbursement may begin? The period must begin before the maximum time for beginning allowable travel and... Property Management Federal Travel Regulation System RELOCATION ALLOWANCES PERMANENT CHANGE OF STATION (PCS...

41 CFR 302-6.103 - What is the latest period for which actual TQSE reimbursement may begin?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... reimbursement may begin? The period must begin before the maximum time for beginning allowable travel and... Property Management Federal Travel Regulation System RELOCATION ALLOWANCES PERMANENT CHANGE OF STATION (PCS...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, together with the effect of any combination of... operating temperature, using for each temperature the applicable allowable stress value. Note: Table 54.10-5...

41 CFR 302-6.103 - What is the latest period for which actual TQSE reimbursement may begin?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... reimbursement may begin? The period must begin before the maximum time for beginning allowable travel and... Property Management Federal Travel Regulation System RELOCATION ALLOWANCES PERMANENT CHANGE OF STATION (PCS...

[Estimation of Maximum Entrance Skin Dose during Cerebral Angiography].

PubMed

Kawauchi, Satoru; Moritake, Takashi; Hayakawa, Mikito; Hamada, Yusuke; Sakuma, Hideyuki; Yoda, Shogo; Satoh, Masayuki; Sun, Lue; Koguchi, Yasuhiro; Akahane, Keiichi; Chida, Koichi; Matsumaru, Yuji

2015-09-01

Using radio-photoluminescence glass dosimeter, we measured the entrance skin dose (ESD) in 46 cases and analyzed the correlations between maximum ESD and angiographic parameters [total fluoroscopic time (TFT); number of digital subtraction angiography (DSA) frames, air kerma at the interventional reference point (AK), and dose-area product (DAP)] to estimate the maximum ESD in real time. Mean (± standard deviation) maximum ESD, dose of the right lens, and dose of the left lens were 431.2 ± 135.8 mGy, 33.6 ± 15.5 mGy, and 58.5 ± 35.0 mGy, respectively. Correlation coefficients (r) between maximum ESD and TFT, number of DSA frames, AK, and DAP were r=0.379 (P<0.01), r=0.702 (P<0.001), r=0.825 (P<0.001), and r=0.709 (P<0.001), respectively. AK was identified as the most useful parameter for real-time prediction of maximum ESD. This study should contribute to the development of new diagnostic reference levels in our country.

Climate change and the impact of extreme temperatures on aviation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Coffel, E.; Horton, R.

2014-12-01

Weather is the most significant factor affecting aircraft operations, accounting for 70-80% of passenger delays and costing airlines hundreds of millions of dollars per year in lost revenue. Temperature and airport elevation significantly influence the maximum allowable takeoff weight of an aircraft by changing the surface air density and thus the lift produced at a given speed. For a given runway length, airport elevation, and aircraft type there is a temperature threshold above which the airplane cannot take off at its maximum weight and thus must be weight restricted. The number of summer days necessitating weight restriction has increased since 1980 along with the observed increase in surface temperature. Climate change is projected to increase mean temperatures at all airports and significantly increase the frequency and severity of extreme heat events at some. These changes will negatively affect aircraft performance, leading to increased weight restrictions especially at airports with short runways and little room to expand. For a Boeing 737-800 aircraft, we find that the number of weight restriction days between May and September will increase by 50-100% at four major airports in the United States by 2050-2070 under the RCP8.5 high emissions scenario. These performance reductions may have a significant economic effect on the airline industry, leading to lower profits and higher passenger fares. Increased weight restrictions have previously been identified as potential impacts of climate change, but this study is the first to quantify the effect of higher temperatures on commercial aviation.

Sensitivity analysis of linear CROW gyroscopes and comparison to a single-resonator gyroscope

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zamani-Aghaie, Kiarash; Digonnet, Michel J. F.

2013-03-01

This study presents numerical simulations of the maximum sensitivity to absolute rotation of a number of coupled resonator optical waveguide (CROW) gyroscopes consisting of a linear array of coupled ring resonators. It examines in particular the impact on the maximum sensitivity of the number of rings, of the relative spatial orientation of the rings (folded and unfolded), of various sequences of coupling ratios between the rings and various sequences of ring dimensions, and of the number of input/output waveguides (one or two) used to inject and collect the light. In all configurations the sensitivity is maximized by proper selection of the coupling ratio(s) and phase bias, and compared to the maximum sensitivity of a resonant waveguide optical gyroscope (RWOG) utilizing a single ring-resonator waveguide with the same radius and loss as each ring in the CROW. Simulations show that although some configurations are more sensitive than others, in spite of numerous claims to the contrary made in the literature, in all configurations the maximum sensitivity is independent of the number of rings, and does not exceed the maximum sensitivity of an RWOG. There are no sensitivity benefits to utilizing any of these linear CROWs for absolute rotation sensing. For equal total footprint, an RWOG is √N times more sensitive, and it is easier to fabricate and stabilize.

A Pressure-Based Analysis of Vortex Ring Pinch-Off

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schlueter, Kristy; Braun, Noah; Dabiri, John

2014-11-01

This study investigated the development of vortex rings over a range of maximum stroke ratios, and analyzed vorticity and pressure data for clues to the physical mechanisms underlying vortex pinch-off. An impulsive piston velocity profile and Reynolds number of 3000 were used for all cases. The formation number was consistently found to be 3.6 +/-0.3. A recently developed algorithm was used to generate pressure fields by integrating the pressure gradient along several paths through the velocity field and taking the median to get explicit values for pressure. The formation time at the occurrence of a local maximum in the pressure between the vortex ring and the lip of the nozzle, known as the trailing pressure maximum, was found to occur concurrently with the formation number for each case, within the error associated with the temporal resolution of the data. This suggests that the trailing pressure maximum is an indicator of vortex ring pinch-off. This is consistent with the results of Lawson and Dawson (2014), who found that the appearance of the trailing pressure maximum was coincident with the formation number. This pressure based approach to determining vortex ring pinch-off will be applied to a biological flow to examine the efficiency of such a flow. This research was partially supported by the Department of Defense (DoD) through the National Defense Science & Engineering Graduate Fellowship (NDSEG) Program.

Application of random coherence order selection in gradient-enhanced multidimensional NMR

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bostock, Mark J.; Nietlispach, Daniel

2016-03-01

Development of multidimensional NMR is essential to many applications, for example in high resolution structural studies of biomolecules. Multidimensional techniques enable separation of NMR signals over several dimensions, improving signal resolution, whilst also allowing identification of new connectivities. However, these advantages come at a significant cost. The Fourier transform theorem requires acquisition of a grid of regularly spaced points to satisfy the Nyquist criterion, while frequency discrimination and acquisition of a pure phase spectrum require acquisition of both quadrature components for each time point in every indirect (non-acquisition) dimension, adding a factor of 2 N -1 to the number of free- induction decays which must be acquired, where N is the number of dimensions. Compressed sensing (CS) ℓ 1-norm minimisation in combination with non-uniform sampling (NUS) has been shown to be extremely successful in overcoming the Nyquist criterion. Previously, maximum entropy reconstruction has also been used to overcome the limitation of frequency discrimination, processing data acquired with only one quadrature component at a given time interval, known as random phase detection (RPD), allowing a factor of two reduction in the number of points for each indirect dimension (Maciejewski et al. 2011 PNAS 108 16640). However, whilst this approach can be easily applied in situations where the quadrature components are acquired as amplitude modulated data, the same principle is not easily extended to phase modulated (P-/N-type) experiments where data is acquired in the form exp (iωt) or exp (-iωt), and which make up many of the multidimensional experiments used in modern NMR. Here we demonstrate a modification of the CS ℓ 1-norm approach to allow random coherence order selection (RCS) for phase modulated experiments; we generalise the nomenclature for RCS and RPD as random quadrature detection (RQD). With this method, the power of RQD can be extended to the full suite of experiments available to modern NMR spectroscopy, allowing resolution enhancements for all indirect dimensions; alone or in combination with NUS, RQD can be used to improve experimental resolution, or shorten experiment times, of considerable benefit to the challenging applications undertaken by modern NMR.

Estimate of Solar Maximum Using the 1-8 Angstrom Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellites X-Ray Measurements

DTIC Science & Technology

2014-12-12

AFRL-RV-PS- AFRL-RV-PS- TR-2015-0005 TR-2015-0005 ESTIMATE OF SOLAR MAXIMUM USING THE 1–8 Å GEOSTATIONARY OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL SATELLITES X... Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellites X-Ray Measurements (Postprint) 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER 5b. GRANT NUMBER 5c. PROGRAM ELEMENT NUMBER 61102F 6...of the solar cycle through an analysis of the solar X-ray background. Our results are based on the NOAA Geostationary Operational Environmental

Modification of the fault logic circuit of a high-energy linear accelerator to accommodate selectively coded, large-field wedges.

PubMed

Miller, R W; van de Geijn, J

1987-01-01

A modification to the fault logic circuit that controls the collimator (COLL) fault is described. This modification permits the use of large-field wedges by adding an additional input into the reference voltage that determines the fault condition. The resistor controlling the amount of additional voltage is carried on board each wedge, within the wedge plug. This allows each wedge to determine its own, individual field size limit. Additionally, if no coding resistor is provided, the factory-supplied reference voltage is used, which sets the maximum allowable field size to 15 cm. This permits the use of factory-supplied wedges in conjunction with selected, large-field wedges, allowing proper sensing of the field size maximum in all conditions.

40 CFR 82.20 - Availability of consumption allowances in addition to baseline consumption allowances for class...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... period some quantity of consumption that the nation is permitted under the Montreal Protocol. (2) Trade... Party to the Protocol as set forth in this paragraph (b). A person may only receive consumption from... maximum consumption that the nation is allowed under the Protocol minus the quantity (in kilograms) traded...

40 CFR 82.20 - Availability of consumption allowances in addition to baseline consumption allowances for class...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... period some quantity of consumption that the nation is permitted under the Montreal Protocol. (2) Trade... Party to the Protocol as set forth in this paragraph (b). A person may only receive consumption from... maximum consumption that the nation is allowed under the Protocol minus the quantity (in kilograms) traded...

40 CFR 82.20 - Availability of consumption allowances in addition to baseline consumption allowances for class...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... period some quantity of consumption that the nation is permitted under the Montreal Protocol. (2) Trade... Party to the Protocol as set forth in this paragraph (b). A person may only receive consumption from... maximum consumption that the nation is allowed under the Protocol minus the quantity (in kilograms) traded...

40 CFR 82.20 - Availability of consumption allowances in addition to baseline consumption allowances for class...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... period some quantity of consumption that the nation is permitted under the Montreal Protocol. (2) Trade... Party to the Protocol as set forth in this paragraph (b). A person may only receive consumption from... maximum consumption that the nation is allowed under the Protocol minus the quantity (in kilograms) traded...

40 CFR 82.20 - Availability of consumption allowances in addition to baseline consumption allowances for class...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... period some quantity of consumption that the nation is permitted under the Montreal Protocol. (2) Trade... Party to the Protocol as set forth in this paragraph (b). A person may only receive consumption from... maximum consumption that the nation is allowed under the Protocol minus the quantity (in kilograms) traded...

Utility Tax Avoidance Program in Germany

DTIC Science & Technology

2010-09-29

Defense Education Activity IMCOM-E Installation Management Command - Europe Region LQA Living Quarters Allowance TRO Tax Relief Office USD(P&R) Under...receive Living Quarters Allowance ( LQA ), which is designed to cover the actual cost for rent, utilities, and other expenses required by law or custom up...to the maximum allowable LQA amount. Benefits of Participation in the UTAP Participation in UTAP allows DOD personnel to avoid paying VAT on their

Four-Stokes-parameter radiofrequency polarimetry of a flare from AD Leonis

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Spangler, S. R.; Rankin, J. M.; Shawhan, S. D.

1974-01-01

Observations of the four Stokes parameters of a 430-MHz flare from the UV Ceti-type star AD Leo are presented. The maximum amplitude of the event was 0.52 flux units, and the durations at one-half and one-tenth maximum were 12 and 40 sec, respectively. The degree of circular polarization at maximum intensity was approximately 56% and was later observed to be as high as 92%. Linear polarization was also observed at a level of about 21% at flare maximum which allowed an upper limit of 440 radians/sq m to be placed on the rotation measure.

The Most Massive Galaxies and Black Holes Allowed by ΛCDM

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Behroozi, Peter; Silk, Joseph

2018-04-01

Given a galaxy's stellar mass, its host halo mass has a lower limit from the cosmic baryon fraction and known baryonic physics. At z > 4, galaxy stellar mass functions place lower limits on halo number densities that approach expected ΛCDM halo mass functions. High-redshift galaxy stellar mass functions can thus place interesting limits on number densities of massive haloes, which are otherwise very difficult to measure. Although halo mass functions at z < 8 are consistent with observed galaxy stellar masses if galaxy baryonic conversion efficiencies increase with redshift, JWST and WFIRST will more than double the redshift range over which useful constraints are available. We calculate maximum galaxy stellar masses as a function of redshift given expected halo number densities from ΛCDM. We apply similar arguments to black holes. If their virial mass estimates are accurate, number density constraints alone suggest that the quasars SDSS J1044-0125 and SDSS J010013.02+280225.8 likely have black hole mass — stellar mass ratios higher than the median z = 0 relation, confirming the expectation from Lauer bias. Finally, we present a public code to evaluate the probability of an apparently ΛCDM-inconsistent high-mass halo being detected given the combined effects of multiple surveys and observational errors.

Nucleus Z=126 with magic neutron number N=184 may be related to the measured Maruhn-Greiner maximum at A/2=155 from compound nuclei at low energy nuclear reactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Prelas, M. A.; Hora, H.; Miley, G. H.

2014-07-01

Evaluation of nuclear binding energies from theory close to available measurements of a very high number of superheavy elements (SHE) based on α-decay energies Qα, arrived at a closing shell with a significant neutron number 184. Within the option of several discussed magic numbers for protons of around 120, Bagge's numbers 126 and 184 fit well and are supported by the element generation measurements by low energy nuclear reactions (LENR) discovered in deuterium loaded host metals. These measurements were showing a Maruhn-Greiner maximum from fission of compound nuclei in an excited state with double magic numbers for mutual confirmation.

49 CFR 178.338-3 - Structural integrity.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... calculated design stress at any point in the tank may not exceed the lesser of the maximum allowable stress... Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at any... ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The tank design must include calculation of stress due...

49 CFR 192.503 - General requirements.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... been located and eliminated. (b) The test medium must be liquid, air, natural gas, or inert gas that is...), if air, natural gas, or inert gas is used as the test medium, the following maximum hoop stress limitations apply: Class location Maximum hoop stress allowed as percentage of SMYS Natural gas Air or inert...

49 CFR 192.503 - General requirements.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... been located and eliminated. (b) The test medium must be liquid, air, natural gas, or inert gas that is...), if air, natural gas, or inert gas is used as the test medium, the following maximum hoop stress limitations apply: Class location Maximum hoop stress allowed as percentage of SMYS Natural gas Air or inert...

40 CFR 1042.140 - Maximum engine power, displacement, power density, and maximum in-use engine speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM NEW AND IN-USE... procedures of 40 CFR part 1065, based on the manufacturer's design and production specifications for the... swept volume from the design specifications for the cylinders using enough significant figures to allow...

40 CFR 1042.140 - Maximum engine power, displacement, power density, and maximum in-use engine speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM NEW AND IN-USE... procedures of 40 CFR part 1065, based on the manufacturer's design and production specifications for the... swept volume from the design specifications for the cylinders using enough significant figures to allow...

40 CFR 1042.140 - Maximum engine power, displacement, power density, and maximum in-use engine speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM NEW AND IN-USE... procedures of 40 CFR part 1065, based on the manufacturer's design and production specifications for the... swept volume from the design specifications for the cylinders using enough significant figures to allow...

49 CFR 178.338-3 - Structural integrity.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... stress at any point in the tank may not exceed the lesser of the maximum allowable stress value... standard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at any point in the tank must... this subchapter). The tank design must include calculation of stress due to the design pressure, the...

49 CFR 213.57 - Curves; elevation and speed limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Curves; elevation and speed limitations. 213.57... speed limitations. (a) The maximum crosslevel on the outside rail of a curve may not be more than 8... applicable September 21, 1999.) (b)(1) The maximum allowable operating speed for each curve is determined by...

49 CFR 213.329 - Curves, elevation and speed limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Curves, elevation and speed limitations. 213.329... Higher § 213.329 Curves, elevation and speed limitations. (a) The maximum crosslevel on the outside rail... lower than the inside rail. (b) (1) The maximum allowable operating speed for each curve is determined...

49 CFR 213.57 - Curves; elevation and speed limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Curves; elevation and speed limitations. 213.57... speed limitations. (a) The maximum crosslevel on the outside rail of a curve may not be more than 8... applicable September 21, 1999.) (b)(1) The maximum allowable operating speed for each curve is determined by...

49 CFR 213.329 - Curves, elevation and speed limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Curves, elevation and speed limitations. 213.329... Higher § 213.329 Curves, elevation and speed limitations. (a) The maximum crosslevel on the outside rail... lower than the inside rail. (b) (1) The maximum allowable operating speed for each curve is determined...

Investigation on the pitting of potato starch granules during high frequency ultrasound treatment.

PubMed

Bai, Wenzhe; Hébraud, Pascal; Ashokkumar, Muthupandian; Hemar, Yacine

2017-03-01

In this paper, the pitting of potato starch granules in aqueous suspensions (1%) by high-frequency high-power ultrasound (850kHz at a power of 0.2W, 2W or 3.7W; and also 500kHz and 1MHz at a power of 2W) is reported. The number of pits per starch granules was found to be independent of the amylose content of starches, and the surface properties of starch granules as modified through SDS and ethanol washing. At 850kHz, the maximum number of pits per starch granule, for both normal and waxy starches, did not exceed 11. However, a close inspection of fractionated starch granules based on their sizes showed that there is an optimum granule size for which a maximum pit number is obtained. For example, starch granules with diameter size range of ∼15 to ∼30μm had a maximum pit number (between 10 and 20 pits per granule) when sonicated (2W, 850kHz and 30min); while sonication of small (<10μm) and very large (>45μm) granules resulted in a smaller number of pits per granule (∼5). Further, the maximum number of pits per granules is also found to be proportional to the ultrasound frequency, with values of approximately 7, 10 and 11 at 0.50, 0.85, and 1MHz, respectively. FTIR measurements did not show any breakup of starch molecules. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Coil optimisation for transcranial magnetic stimulation in realistic head geometry.

PubMed

Koponen, Lari M; Nieminen, Jaakko O; Mutanen, Tuomas P; Stenroos, Matti; Ilmoniemi, Risto J

Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) allows focal, non-invasive stimulation of the cortex. A TMS pulse is inherently weakly coupled to the cortex; thus, magnetic stimulation requires both high current and high voltage to reach sufficient intensity. These requirements limit, for example, the maximum repetition rate and the maximum number of consecutive pulses with the same coil due to the rise of its temperature. To develop methods to optimise, design, and manufacture energy-efficient TMS coils in realistic head geometry with an arbitrary overall coil shape. We derive a semi-analytical integration scheme for computing the magnetic field energy of an arbitrary surface current distribution, compute the electric field induced by this distribution with a boundary element method, and optimise a TMS coil for focal stimulation. Additionally, we introduce a method for manufacturing such a coil by using Litz wire and a coil former machined from polyvinyl chloride. We designed, manufactured, and validated an optimised TMS coil and applied it to brain stimulation. Our simulations indicate that this coil requires less than half the power of a commercial figure-of-eight coil, with a 41% reduction due to the optimised winding geometry and a partial contribution due to our thinner coil former and reduced conductor height. With the optimised coil, the resting motor threshold of abductor pollicis brevis was reached with the capacitor voltage below 600 V and peak current below 3000 A. The described method allows designing practical TMS coils that have considerably higher efficiency than conventional figure-of-eight coils. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

50 CFR 403.02 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... largest supportable within the ecosystem to the population level that results in maximum net productivity. Maximum net productivity is the greatest net annual increment in population numbers or biomass resulting...

40 CFR 82.18 - Availability of production in addition to baseline production allowances for class II controlled...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... permitted under the Montreal Protocol or to receive from the person for the current control period some... production quantities: (A) The maximum production that the nation is allowed under the Protocol minus the...

41 CFR 302-10.3 - What is the maximum amount my agency may authorize me to receive for transporting a mobile home?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... Public Contracts and Property Management Federal Travel Regulation System RELOCATION ALLOWANCES TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE OF PROPERTY 10-ALLOWANCES FOR TRANSPORTATION OF MOBILE HOMES AND BOATS USED AS A...

Improved Timing Scheme for Spaceborne Precipitation Radar

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Berkun, Andrew; Fischman, Mark

2004-01-01

An improved timing scheme has been conceived for operation of a scanning satellite-borne rain-measuring radar system. The scheme allows a real-time-generated solution, which is required for auto targeting. The current timing scheme used in radar satellites involves pre-computing a solution that allows the instrument to catch all transmitted pulses without transmitting and receiving at the same time. Satellite altitude requires many pulses in flight at any time, and the timing solution to prevent transmit and receive operations from colliding is usually found iteratively. The proposed satellite has a large number of scanning beams each with a different range to target and few pulses per beam. Furthermore, the satellite will be self-targeting, so the selection of which beams are used will change from sweep to sweep. The proposed timing solution guarantees no echo collisions, can be generated using simple FPGA-based hardware in real time, and can be mathematically shown to deliver the maximum number of pulses per second, given the timing constraints. The timing solution is computed every sweep, and consists of three phases: (1) a build-up phase, (2) a feedback phase, and (3) a build-down phase. Before the build-up phase can begin, the beams to be transmitted are sorted in numerical order. The numerical order of the beams is also the order from shortest range to longest range. Sorting the list guarantees no pulse collisions. The build-up phase begins by transmitting the first pulse from the first beam on the list. Transmission of this pulse starts a delay counter, which stores the beam number and the time delay to the beginning of the receive window for that beam. The timing generator waits just long enough to complete the transmit pulse plus one receive window, then sends out the second pulse. The second pulse starts a second delay counter, which stores its beam number and time delay. This process continues until an output from the first timer indicates there is less than one transmit pulse width until the start of the next receive event. This blocks future transmit pulses in the build-up phase. The feedback phase begins with the first timer paying off and starting the first receive window. When the first receive window is complete, the timing generator transmits the next beam from the list. When the second timer pays off, the second receive event is started. Following the second receive event, the timing generator will transmit the next beam on the list and start an additional timer. The timers work in a circular buffer fashion so there only need to be enough to cover the maximum number of echoes in flight.

Controlled single bubble cavitation collapse results in jet-induced injury in brain tissue.

PubMed

Canchi, Saranya; Kelly, Karen; Hong, Yu; King, Michael A; Subhash, Ghatu; Sarntinoranont, Malisa

2017-10-01

Multiscale damage due to cavitation is considered as a potential mechanism of traumatic brain injury (TBI) associated with explosion. In this study, we employed a TBI relevant hippocampal ex vivo slice model to induce bubble cavitation. Placement of single reproducible seed bubbles allowed control of size, number, and tissue location to visualize and measure deformation parameters. Maximum strain value was measured at 45 µs after bubble collapse, presented with a distinct contour and coincided temporally and spatially with the liquid jet. Composite injury maps combined this maximum strain value with maximum measured bubble size and location along with histological injury patterns. This facilitated the correlation of bubble location and subsequent jet direction to the corresponding regions of high strain which overlapped with regions of observed injury. A dynamic threshold strain range for tearing of cerebral cortex was estimated to be between 0.5 and 0.6. For a seed bubble placed underneath the hippocampus, cavitation induced damage was observed in hippocampus (local), proximal cerebral cortex (marginal) and the midbrain/forebrain (remote) upon histological evaluation. Within this test model, zone of cavitation injury was greater than the maximum radius of the bubble. Separation of apposed structures, tissue tearing, and disruption of cellular layers defined early injury patterns that were not detected in the blast-exposed half of the brain slice. Ultrastructural pathology of the neurons exposed to cavitation was characterized by disintegration of plasma membrane along with loss of cellular content. The developed test system provided a controlled experimental platform to study cavitation induced high strain deformations on brain tissue slice. The goal of the future studies will be to lower underpressure magnitude and cavitation bubble size for more sensitive evaluation of injury. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Technique for enhancing the power output of an electrostatic generator employing parametric resonance

DOEpatents

Post, Richard F.

2016-02-23

A circuit-based technique enhances the power output of electrostatic generators employing an array of axially oriented rods or tubes or azimuthal corrugated metal surfaces for their electrodes. During generator operation, the peak voltage across the electrodes occurs at an azimuthal position that is intermediate between the position of minimum gap and maximum gap. If this position is also close to the azimuthal angle where the rate of change of capacity is a maximum, then the highest rf power output possible for a given maximum allowable voltage at the minimum gap can be attained. This rf power output is then coupled to the generator load through a coupling condenser that prevents suppression of the dc charging potential by conduction through the load. Optimized circuit values produce phase shifts in the rf output voltage that allow higher power output to occur at the same voltage limit at the minimum gap position.

Inverse sampling regression for pooled data.

PubMed

Montesinos-López, Osval A; Montesinos-López, Abelardo; Eskridge, Kent; Crossa, José

2017-06-01

Because pools are tested instead of individuals in group testing, this technique is helpful for estimating prevalence in a population or for classifying a large number of individuals into two groups at a low cost. For this reason, group testing is a well-known means of saving costs and producing precise estimates. In this paper, we developed a mixed-effect group testing regression that is useful when the data-collecting process is performed using inverse sampling. This model allows including covariate information at the individual level to incorporate heterogeneity among individuals and identify which covariates are associated with positive individuals. We present an approach to fit this model using maximum likelihood and we performed a simulation study to evaluate the quality of the estimates. Based on the simulation study, we found that the proposed regression method for inverse sampling with group testing produces parameter estimates with low bias when the pre-specified number of positive pools (r) to stop the sampling process is at least 10 and the number of clusters in the sample is also at least 10. We performed an application with real data and we provide an NLMIXED code that researchers can use to implement this method.

Military Enlistment of Hispanic Youth: Obstacles and Opportunities

DTIC Science & Technology

2008-01-01

17 2.13. Allowable Body Fat Measurements, by Gender and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3.1...exceed the maximum allowed weight are given a body- fat measurement to determine if they exceed the allowable body- fat standards, as shown in Table 2.13...Despite having the most lenient weight standards, the Marine Corps has the most restrictive body- fat requirements. For complete height and weight

A Distance Measure for Genome Phylogenetic Analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cao, Minh Duc; Allison, Lloyd; Dix, Trevor

Phylogenetic analyses of species based on single genes or parts of the genomes are often inconsistent because of factors such as variable rates of evolution and horizontal gene transfer. The availability of more and more sequenced genomes allows phylogeny construction from complete genomes that is less sensitive to such inconsistency. For such long sequences, construction methods like maximum parsimony and maximum likelihood are often not possible due to their intensive computational requirement. Another class of tree construction methods, namely distance-based methods, require a measure of distances between any two genomes. Some measures such as evolutionary edit distance of gene order and gene content are computational expensive or do not perform well when the gene content of the organisms are similar. This study presents an information theoretic measure of genetic distances between genomes based on the biological compression algorithm expert model. We demonstrate that our distance measure can be applied to reconstruct the consensus phylogenetic tree of a number of Plasmodium parasites from their genomes, the statistical bias of which would mislead conventional analysis methods. Our approach is also used to successfully construct a plausible evolutionary tree for the γ-Proteobacteria group whose genomes are known to contain many horizontally transferred genes.

Control of Growth Rate by Initial Substrate Concentration at Values Below Maximum Rate

PubMed Central

Gaudy, Anthony F.; Obayashi, Alan; Gaudy, Elizabeth T.

1971-01-01

The hyperbolic relationship between specific growth rate, μ, and substrate concentration, proposed by Monod and used since as the basis for the theory of steady-state growth in continuous-flow systems, was tested experimentally in batch cultures. Use of a Flavobacterium sp. exhibiting a high saturation constant for growth in glucose minimal medium allowed direct measurement of growth rate and substrate concentration throughout the growth cycle in medium containing a rate-limiting initial concentration of glucose. Specific growth rates were also measured for a wide range of initial glucose concentrations. A plot of specific growth rate versus initial substrate concentration was found to fit the hyperbolic equation. However, the instantaneous relationship between specific growth rate and substrate concentration during growth, which is stated by the equation, was not observed. Well defined exponential growth phases were developed at initial substrate concentrations below that required for support of the maximum exponential growth rate and a constant doubling time was maintained until 50% of the substrate had been used. It is suggested that the external substrate concentration initially present “sets” the specific growth rate by establishing a steady-state internal concentration of substrate, possibly through control of the number of permeation sites. PMID:5137579

Maximum Likelihood Estimation of Spectra Information from Multiple Independent Astrophysics Data Sets

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Howell, Leonard W., Jr.; Six, N. Frank (Technical Monitor)

2002-01-01

The Maximum Likelihood (ML) statistical theory required to estimate spectra information from an arbitrary number of astrophysics data sets produced by vastly different science instruments is developed in this paper. This theory and its successful implementation will facilitate the interpretation of spectral information from multiple astrophysics missions and thereby permit the derivation of superior spectral information based on the combination of data sets. The procedure is of significant value to both existing data sets and those to be produced by future astrophysics missions consisting of two or more detectors by allowing instrument developers to optimize each detector's design parameters through simulation studies in order to design and build complementary detectors that will maximize the precision with which the science objectives may be obtained. The benefits of this ML theory and its application is measured in terms of the reduction of the statistical errors (standard deviations) of the spectra information using the multiple data sets in concert as compared to the statistical errors of the spectra information when the data sets are considered separately, as well as any biases resulting from poor statistics in one or more of the individual data sets that might be reduced when the data sets are combined.

Limits to sustained energy intake. XIII. Recent progress and future perspectives.

PubMed

Speakman, John R; Król, Elżbieta

2011-01-15

Several theories have been proposed to explain limits on the maximum rate at which animals can ingest and expend energy. These limits are likely to be intrinsic to the animal, and potentially include the capacity of the alimentary tract to assimilate energy--the 'central limitation' hypothesis. Experimental evidence from lactating mice exposed to different ambient temperatures allows us to reject this and similar ideas. Two alternative ideas have been proposed. The 'peripheral limitation' hypothesis suggests that the maximal sustained energy intake reflects the summed demands of individual tissues, which have their own intrinsic limitations on capacity. In contrast, the 'heat dissipation limit' (HDL) theory suggests that animals are constrained by the maximal capacity to dissipate body heat. Abundant evidence in domesticated livestock supports the HDL theory, but data from smaller mammals are less conclusive. Here, we develop a novel framework showing how the HDL and peripheral limitations are likely to be important in all animals, but to different extents. The HDL theory makes a number of predictions--in particular that there is no fixed limit on sustained energy expenditure as a multiple of basal metabolic rate, but rather that the maximum sustained scope is positively correlated with the capacity to dissipate heat.

Observed changes in extreme precipitation in Poland: 1991-2015 versus 1961-1990

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pińskwar, Iwona; Choryński, Adam; Graczyk, Dariusz; Kundzewicz, Zbigniew W.

2018-01-01

Several episodes of extreme precipitation excess and extreme precipitation deficit, with considerable economic and social impacts, have occurred in Europe and in Poland in the last decades. However, the changes of related indices exhibit complex variability. This paper analyses changes in indices related to observed abundance and deficit of precipitated water in Poland. Among studied indices are maximum seasonal 24-h precipitation for the winter half-year (Oct.-March) and the summer half-year (Apr.-Sept.), maximum 5-day precipitation, maximum monthly precipitation and number of days with intense or very intense precipitation (respectively, in excess of 10 mm or 20 mm per day). Also, the warm-seasonal maximum number of consecutive dry days (longest period with daily precipitation below 1 mm) was examined. Analysis of precipitation extremes showed that daily maximum precipitation for the summer half-year increased for many stations, and increases during the summer half-year are more numerous than those in the winter half-year. Also, analysis of 5-day and monthly precipitation sums show increases for many stations. Number of days with intense precipitation increases especially in the north-western part of Poland. The number of consecutive dry days is getting higher for many stations in the summer half-year. Comparison of these two periods: colder 1961-1990 and warmer 1991-2015, revealed that during last 25 years most of statistical indices, such as 25th and 75th percentiles, median, mean and maximum are higher. However, many changes discussed in this paper are weak and statistically insignificant. The findings reported in this paper challenge results based on earlier data that do not include 2007-2015.

Mixed Linear/Square-Root Encoded Single-Slope Ramp Provides Low-Noise ADC with High Linearity for Focal Plane Arrays

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wrigley, Chris J.; Hancock, Bruce R.; Newton, Kenneth W.; Cunningham, Thomas J.

2013-01-01

Single-slope analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) are particularly useful for onchip digitization in focal plane arrays (FPAs) because of their inherent monotonicity, relative simplicity, and efficiency for column-parallel applications, but they are comparatively slow. Squareroot encoding can allow the number of code values to be reduced without loss of signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) by keeping the quantization noise just below the signal shot noise. This encoding can be implemented directly by using a quadratic ramp. The reduction in the number of code values can substantially increase the quantization speed. However, in an FPA, the fixed pattern noise (FPN) limits the use of small quantization steps at low signal levels. If the zero-point is adjusted so that the lowest column is onscale, the other columns, including those at the center of the distribution, will be pushed up the ramp where the quantization noise is higher. Additionally, the finite frequency response of the ramp buffer amplifier and the comparator distort the shape of the ramp, so that the effective ramp value at the time the comparator trips differs from the intended value, resulting in errors. Allowing increased settling time decreases the quantization speed, while increasing the bandwidth increases the noise. The FPN problem is solved by breaking the ramp into two portions, with some fraction of the available code values allocated to a linear ramp and the remainder to a quadratic ramp. To avoid large transients, both the value and the slope of the linear and quadratic portions should be equal where they join. The span of the linear portion must cover the minimum offset, but not necessarily the maximum, since the fraction of the pixels above the upper limit will still be correctly quantized, albeit with increased quantization noise. The required linear span, maximum signal and ratio of quantization noise to shot noise at high signal, along with the continuity requirement, determines the number of code values that must be allocated to each portion. The distortion problem is solved by using a lookup table to convert captured code values back to signal levels. The values in this table will be similar to the intended ramp value, but with a correction for the finite bandwidth effects. Continuous-time comparators are used, and their bandwidth is set below the step rate, which smoothes the ramp and reduces the noise. No settling time is needed, as would be the case for clocked comparators, but the low bandwidth enhances the distortion of the non-linear portion. This is corrected by use of a return lookup table, which differs from the one used to generate the ramp. The return lookup table is obtained by calibrating against a stepped precision DC reference. This results in a residual non-linearity well below the quantization noise. This method can also compensate for differential non-linearity (DNL) in the DAC used to generate the ramp. The use of a ramp with a combination of linear and quadratic portions for a single-slope ADC is novel. The number of steps is minimized by keeping the step size just below the photon shot noise. This in turn maximizes the speed of the conversion. High resolution is maintained by keeping small quantization steps at low signals, and noise is minimized by allowing the lowest analog bandwidth, all without increasing the quantization noise. A calibrated return lookup table allows the system to maintain excellent linearity.

All-inkjet-printed thin-film transistors: manufacturing process reliability by root cause analysis

PubMed Central

Sowade, Enrico; Ramon, Eloi; Mitra, Kalyan Yoti; Martínez-Domingo, Carme; Pedró, Marta; Pallarès, Jofre; Loffredo, Fausta; Villani, Fulvia; Gomes, Henrique L.; Terés, Lluís; Baumann, Reinhard R.

2016-01-01

We report on the detailed electrical investigation of all-inkjet-printed thin-film transistor (TFT) arrays focusing on TFT failures and their origins. The TFT arrays were manufactured on flexible polymer substrates in ambient condition without the need for cleanroom environment or inert atmosphere and at a maximum temperature of 150 °C. Alternative manufacturing processes for electronic devices such as inkjet printing suffer from lower accuracy compared to traditional microelectronic manufacturing methods. Furthermore, usually printing methods do not allow the manufacturing of electronic devices with high yield (high number of functional devices). In general, the manufacturing yield is much lower compared to the established conventional manufacturing methods based on lithography. Thus, the focus of this contribution is set on a comprehensive analysis of defective TFTs printed by inkjet technology. Based on root cause analysis, we present the defects by developing failure categories and discuss the reasons for the defects. This procedure identifies failure origins and allows the optimization of the manufacturing resulting finally to a yield improvement. PMID:27649784

Small proportions of actively-smoking patrons and high PM2.5 levels in southern California tribal casinos: support for smoking bans or designated smoking areas

PubMed Central

2012-01-01

Background Nearly all California casinos currently allow smoking, which leads to potentially high patron exposure to secondhand tobacco smoke pollutants. Some argue that smoking restrictions or bans would result in a business drop, assuming > 50% of patrons smoke. Evidence in Nevada and responses from the 2008 California tobacco survey refute this assertion. The present study investigates the proportion of active smokers in southern California tribal casinos, as well as occupancy and PM2.5 levels in smoking and nonsmoking sections. Methods We measured active-smoker and total-patron counts during Friday or Saturday night visits (two per casino) to smoking and nonsmoking gaming areas inside 11 southern California casinos. We counted slot machines and table games in each section, deriving theoretical maximum capacities and occupancy rates. We also measured PM2.5 concentrations (or used published levels) in both nonsmoking and smoking areas. Results Excluding one casino visit with extremely high occupancy, we counted 24,970 patrons during 21 casino visits of whom 1,737 were actively smoking, for an overall active- smoker proportion of 7.0% and a small range of ~5% across casino visits (minimum of 5% and maximum of 10%). The differences in mean inter-casino active-smoker proportions were not statistically significant. Derived occupancy rates were 24% to 215% in the main (low-stakes) smoking-allowed slot or table areas. No relationship was found between observed active-smoker proportions and occupancy rate. The derived maximum capacities of nonsmoking areas were 1% to 29% of the overall casino capacity (most under 10%) and their observed occupancies were 0.1 to over 3 times that of the main smoking-allowed casino areas. Seven of twelve visits to nonsmoking areas with no separation had occupancy rates greater than main smoking areas. Unenclosed nonsmoking areas don’t substantially protect occupants from PM2.5 exposure. Nonsmoking areas encapsulated inside smoking areas or in a separate, but unenclosed, area had PM2.5 levels that were 10 to 60 μg/m3 and 6 to 23 μg/m3 higher than outdoor levels, respectively, indicating contamination from smoking. Conclusions Although fewer than roughly 10% of casino patrons are actively smoking on average, these individuals substantially increase PM2.5 exposure for all patrons in smoking and unenclosed nonsmoking areas. Nonsmoking areas may be too inconvenient, small, or undesirable to serve a substantial number of nonsmoking patrons. Imposing indoor smoking bans, or contained smoking areas with a maximum capacity of up to 10% of the total patronage, would offer protection from PM2.5 exposures for nonsmoking patrons and reduce employee exposures. PMID:22998850

Small proportions of actively-smoking patrons and high PM2.5 levels in southern California tribal casinos: support for smoking bans or designated smoking areas.

PubMed

Klepeis, Neil E; Omoto, Jason; Ong, Seow Ling; Omoto, Harmeena Sahota; Dhaliwal, Narinder

2012-09-22

Nearly all California casinos currently allow smoking, which leads to potentially high patron exposure to secondhand tobacco smoke pollutants. Some argue that smoking restrictions or bans would result in a business drop, assuming > 50% of patrons smoke. Evidence in Nevada and responses from the 2008 California tobacco survey refute this assertion. The present study investigates the proportion of active smokers in southern California tribal casinos, as well as occupancy and PM(2.5) levels in smoking and nonsmoking sections. We measured active-smoker and total-patron counts during Friday or Saturday night visits (two per casino) to smoking and nonsmoking gaming areas inside 11 southern California casinos. We counted slot machines and table games in each section, deriving theoretical maximum capacities and occupancy rates. We also measured PM(2.5) concentrations (or used published levels) in both nonsmoking and smoking areas. Excluding one casino visit with extremely high occupancy, we counted 24,970 patrons during 21 casino visits of whom 1,737 were actively smoking, for an overall active- smoker proportion of 7.0% and a small range of ~5% across casino visits (minimum of 5% and maximum of 10%). The differences in mean inter-casino active-smoker proportions were not statistically significant. Derived occupancy rates were 24% to 215% in the main (low-stakes) smoking-allowed slot or table areas. No relationship was found between observed active-smoker proportions and occupancy rate. The derived maximum capacities of nonsmoking areas were 1% to 29% of the overall casino capacity (most under 10%) and their observed occupancies were 0.1 to over 3 times that of the main smoking-allowed casino areas. Seven of twelve visits to nonsmoking areas with no separation had occupancy rates greater than main smoking areas. Unenclosed nonsmoking areas don't substantially protect occupants from PM2.5 exposure. Nonsmoking areas encapsulated inside smoking areas or in a separate, but unenclosed, area had PM(2.5) levels that were 10 to 60 μg/m(3) and 6 to 23 μg/m(3) higher than outdoor levels, respectively, indicating contamination from smoking. Although fewer than roughly 10% of casino patrons are actively smoking on average, these individuals substantially increase PM(2.5) exposure for all patrons in smoking and unenclosed nonsmoking areas. Nonsmoking areas may be too inconvenient, small, or undesirable to serve a substantial number of nonsmoking patrons. Imposing indoor smoking bans, or contained smoking areas with a maximum capacity of up to 10% of the total patronage, would offer protection from PM2.5 exposures for nonsmoking patrons and reduce employee exposures.

The school bus routing and scheduling problem with transfers

PubMed Central

Doerner, Karl F.; Parragh, Sophie N.

2015-01-01

In this article, we study the school bus routing and scheduling problem with transfers arising in the field of nonperiodic public transportation systems. It deals with the transportation of pupils from home to their school in the morning taking the possibility that pupils may change buses into account. Allowing transfers has several consequences. On the one hand, it allows more flexibility in the bus network structure and can, therefore, help to reduce operating costs. On the other hand, transfers have an impact on the service level: the perceived service quality is lower due to the existence of transfers; however, at the same time, user ride times may be reduced and, thus, transfers may also have a positive impact on service quality. The main objective is the minimization of the total operating costs. We develop a heuristic solution framework to solve this problem and compare it with two solution concepts that do not consider transfers. The impact of transfers on the service level in terms of time loss (or user ride time) and the number of transfers is analyzed. Our results show that allowing transfers reduces total operating costs significantly while average and maximum user ride times are comparable to solutions without transfers. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. NETWORKS, Vol. 65(2), 180–203 2015 PMID:28163329

RadVel: The Radial Velocity Modeling Toolkit

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fulton, Benjamin J.; Petigura, Erik A.; Blunt, Sarah; Sinukoff, Evan

2018-04-01

RadVel is an open-source Python package for modeling Keplerian orbits in radial velocity (RV) timeseries. RadVel provides a convenient framework to fit RVs using maximum a posteriori optimization and to compute robust confidence intervals by sampling the posterior probability density via Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC). RadVel allows users to float or fix parameters, impose priors, and perform Bayesian model comparison. We have implemented real-time MCMC convergence tests to ensure adequate sampling of the posterior. RadVel can output a number of publication-quality plots and tables. Users may interface with RadVel through a convenient command-line interface or directly from Python. The code is object-oriented and thus naturally extensible. We encourage contributions from the community. Documentation is available at http://radvel.readthedocs.io.

Effect of radiance-to-reflectance transformation and atmosphere removal on maximum likelihood classification accuracy of high-dimensional remote sensing data

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hoffbeck, Joseph P.; Landgrebe, David A.

1994-01-01

Many analysis algorithms for high-dimensional remote sensing data require that the remotely sensed radiance spectra be transformed to approximate reflectance to allow comparison with a library of laboratory reflectance spectra. In maximum likelihood classification, however, the remotely sensed spectra are compared to training samples, thus a transformation to reflectance may or may not be helpful. The effect of several radiance-to-reflectance transformations on maximum likelihood classification accuracy is investigated in this paper. We show that the empirical line approach, LOWTRAN7, flat-field correction, single spectrum method, and internal average reflectance are all non-singular affine transformations, and that non-singular affine transformations have no effect on discriminant analysis feature extraction and maximum likelihood classification accuracy. (An affine transformation is a linear transformation with an optional offset.) Since the Atmosphere Removal Program (ATREM) and the log residue method are not affine transformations, experiments with Airborne Visible/Infrared Imaging Spectrometer (AVIRIS) data were conducted to determine the effect of these transformations on maximum likelihood classification accuracy. The average classification accuracy of the data transformed by ATREM and the log residue method was slightly less than the accuracy of the original radiance data. Since the radiance-to-reflectance transformations allow direct comparison of remotely sensed spectra with laboratory reflectance spectra, they can be quite useful in labeling the training samples required by maximum likelihood classification, but these transformations have only a slight effect or no effect at all on discriminant analysis and maximum likelihood classification accuracy.

Variation in temperature and mechanical properties of asphaltic concrete due to storage in surge bins.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

1973-03-01

The Louisiana Department of Highways specifications on asphaltic concrete allow the contractors to use silos or surge bins for storage of asphaltic concrete mixtures. However, the maximum allowable storage time of the hot mix, if the contractor elect...

Probabilistic properties of the date of maximum river flow, an approach based on circular statistics in lowland, highland and mountainous catchment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rutkowska, Agnieszka; Kohnová, Silvia; Banasik, Kazimierz

2018-04-01

Probabilistic properties of dates of winter, summer and annual maximum flows were studied using circular statistics in three catchments differing in topographic conditions; a lowland, highland and mountainous catchment. The circular measures of location and dispersion were used in the long-term samples of dates of maxima. The mixture of von Mises distributions was assumed as the theoretical distribution function of the date of winter, summer and annual maximum flow. The number of components was selected on the basis of the corrected Akaike Information Criterion and the parameters were estimated by means of the Maximum Likelihood method. The goodness of fit was assessed using both the correlation between quantiles and a version of the Kuiper's and Watson's test. Results show that the number of components varied between catchments and it was different for seasonal and annual maxima. Differences between catchments in circular characteristics were explained using climatic factors such as precipitation and temperature. Further studies may include circular grouping catchments based on similarity between distribution functions and the linkage between dates of maximum precipitation and maximum flow.

46 CFR 169.203 - Description.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... issued to a vessel describes the vessel, the route which it may travel, the minimum manning requirements... required to be carried, the maximum number of sailing school students and instructors and the maximum...

Predictions of Sunspot Cycle 24: A Comparison with Observations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bhatt, N. J.; Jain, R.

2017-12-01

The space weather is largely affected due to explosions on the Sun viz. solar flares and CMEs, which, however, in turn depend upon the magnitude of the solar activity i e. number of sunspots and their magnetic configuration. Owing to these space weather effects, predictions of sunspot cycle are important. Precursor techniques, particularly employing geomagnetic indices, are often used in the prediction of the maximum amplitude of a sunspot cycle. Based on the average geomagnetic activity index aa (since 1868 onwards) for the year of the sunspot minimum and the preceding four years, Bhatt et al. (2009) made two predictions for sunspot cycle 24 considering 2008 as the year of sunspot minimum: (i) The annual maximum amplitude would be 92.8±19.6 (1-sigma accuracy) indicating a somewhat weaker cycle 24 as compared to cycles 21-23, and (ii) smoothed monthly mean sunspot number maximum would be in October 2012±4 months (1-sigma accuracy). However, observations reveal that the sunspot minima extended up to 2009, and the maximum amplitude attained is 79, with a monthly mean sunspot number maximum of 102.3 in February 2014. In view of the observations and particularly owing to the extended solar minimum in 2009, we re-examined our prediction model and revised the prediction results. We find that (i) The annual maximum amplitude of cycle 24 = 71.2 ± 19.6 and (ii) A smoothed monthly mean sunspot number maximum in January 2014±4 months. We discuss our failure and success aspects and present improved predictions for the maximum amplitude as well as for the timing, which are now in good agreement with the observations. Also, we present the limitations of our forecasting in the view of long term predictions. We show if year of sunspot minimum activity and magnitude of geomagnetic activity during sunspot minimum are taken correctly then our prediction method appears to be a reliable indicator to forecast the sunspot amplitude of the following solar cycle. References:Bhatt, N.J., Jain, R. & Aggarwal, M.: 2009, Sol. Phys. 260, 225

Calculation of the number of Monte Carlo histories for a planetary protection probability of impact estimation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Barengoltz, Jack

2016-07-01

Monte Carlo (MC) is a common method to estimate probability, effectively by a simulation. For planetary protection, it may be used to estimate the probability of impact P{}_{I} by a launch vehicle (upper stage) of a protected planet. The object of the analysis is to provide a value for P{}_{I} with a given level of confidence (LOC) that the true value does not exceed the maximum allowed value of P{}_{I}. In order to determine the number of MC histories required, one must also guess the maximum number of hits that will occur in the analysis. This extra parameter is needed because a LOC is desired. If more hits occur, the MC analysis would indicate that the true value may exceed the specification value with a higher probability than the LOC. (In the worst case, even the mean value of the estimated P{}_{I} might exceed the specification value.) After the analysis is conducted, the actual number of hits is, of course, the mean. The number of hits arises from a small probability per history and a large number of histories; these are the classic requirements for a Poisson distribution. For a known Poisson distribution (the mean is the only parameter), the probability for some interval in the number of hits is calculable. Before the analysis, this is not possible. Fortunately, there are methods that can bound the unknown mean for a Poisson distribution. F. Garwoodfootnote{ F. Garwood (1936), ``Fiduciary limits for the Poisson distribution.'' Biometrika 28, 437-442.} published an appropriate method that uses the Chi-squared function, actually its inversefootnote{ The integral chi-squared function would yield probability α as a function of the mean µ and an actual value n.} (despite the notation used): This formula for the upper and lower limits of the mean μ with the two-tailed probability 1-α depends on the LOC α and an estimated value of the number of "successes" n. In a MC analysis for planetary protection, only the upper limit is of interest, i.e., the single-tailed distribution. (Smaller actual P{}_{I }is no problem.) {}_{ } One advantage of this method is that this function is available in EXCEL. Note that care must be taken with the definition of the CHIINV function (the inverse of the integral chi-squared distribution). The equivalent inequality in EXCEL is μ < CHIINV[1-α, 2(n+1)] In practice, one calculates this upper limit for a specified LOC, α , and a guess of how many hits n will be found after the MC analysis. Then the estimate of the number of histories required is this upper limit divided by the specification for the allowed P{}_{I} (rounded up). However, if the number of hits actually exceeds the guess, the P{}_{I} requirement will be met only with a smaller LOC. A disadvantage is that the intervals about the mean are "in general too wide, yielding coverage probabilities much greater than 1- α ." footnote{ G. Casella and C. Robert (1988), Purdue University-Technical Report #88-7 or Cornell University-Technical Report BU-903-M.} For planetary protection, this technical issue means that the upper limit of the interval and the probability associated with the interval (i.e., the LOC) are conservative.

A first-principles model for orificed hollow cathode operation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Salhi, A.; Turchi, P. J.

1992-01-01

A theoretical model describing orificed hollow cathode discharge is presented. The approach adopted is based on a purely analytical formulation founded on first principles. The present model predicts the emission surface temperature and plasma properties such as electron temperature, number densities and plasma potential. In general, good agreements between theory and experiment are obtained. Comparison of the results with the available related experimental data shows a maximum difference of 10 percent in emission surface temperature, 20 percent in electron temperature and 35 percent in plasma potential. In case of the variation of the electron number density with the discharge current a maximum discrepancy of 36 percent is obtained. However, in the case of the variation with the cathode internal pressure, the predicted electron number density is higher than the experimental data by a maximum factor of 2.

In vitro evaluation of the human gingival fibroblast/gingival mesenchymal stem cell dynamics through perforated guided tissue membranes: cell migration, proliferation and membrane stiffness assay.

PubMed

Gamal, A Y; Al-Berry, N N; Hassan, A A; Rashed, L A; Iacono, V J

2017-06-01

Migration of gingival fibroblasts/gingival mesenchymal stem cells through macro-perforated barrier membranes may allow them to participate positively in periodontal regeneration. The optimal guided tissue membrane perforation diameter that could favor maximum cell migration into the defect area and at the same time act as an occlusive barrier for gingival epithelium and its associated gingival extracellular matrix component is not yet identified. Cultured human gingival fibroblasts/gingival mesenchymal stem cells were placed in the upper chambers of 12-well collagen-coated polytetrafluoroethylene transwells, which were manually perforated with 0.2, 0.4 and 0.7 mm sized pores. The lower chambers of the transwells received blood clot as an attraction medium. The number of cells that have migrated to the lower chambers was calculated. Proliferation of these cells was evaluated using MTT assay. Scanning electron microscopy images were obtained for the lower surfaces of the transwell membranes. Perforated bovine collagen membranes (Tutopatch ® ) were subjected to mechanical testing to determine the tensile strength and modulus of elasticity. Group 3 (0.7 mm) showed significantly higher values for cell migration and proliferation. All groups showed a small degree of extracellular matrix migration through membrane perforations. Scanning electron microscopy evaluation revealed variable numbers of cells in fibrin matrices located mainly around the pore edges. There were non-significant differences between groups regarding mechanical properties. The present study demonstrated that macro-membrane perforations of 0.2, 0.4 and 0.7 mm are suitable pore diameters that could maintain membrane stiffness and allow for cellular migration. However, these membrane perforation diameters did not allow for total gingival connective tissue isolation. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Development of a chromatographic method with multi-criteria decision making design for simultaneous determination of nifedipine and atenolol in content uniformity testing.

PubMed

Ahmed, Sameh; Alqurshi, Abdulmalik; Mohamed, Abdel-Maaboud Ismail

2018-07-01

A new robust and reliable high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method with multi-criteria decision making (MCDM) approach was developed to allow simultaneous quantification of atenolol (ATN) and nifedipine (NFD) in content uniformity testing. Felodipine (FLD) was used as an internal standard (I.S.) in this study. A novel marriage between a new interactive response optimizer and a HPLC method was suggested for multiple response optimizations of target responses. An interactive response optimizer was used as a decision and prediction tool for the optimal settings of target responses, according to specified criteria, based on Derringer's desirability. Four independent variables were considered in this study: Acetonitrile%, buffer pH and concentration along with column temperature. Eight responses were optimized: retention times of ATN, NFD, and FLD, resolutions between ATN/NFD and NFD/FLD, and plate numbers for ATN, NFD, and FLD. Multiple regression analysis was applied in order to scan the influences of the most significant variables for the regression models. The experimental design was set to give minimum retention times, maximum resolution and plate numbers. The interactive response optimizer allowed prediction of optimum conditions according to these criteria with a good composite desirability value of 0.98156. The developed method was validated according to the International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) guidelines with the aid of the experimental design. The developed MCDM-HPLC method showed superior robustness and resolution in short analysis time allowing successful simultaneous content uniformity testing of ATN and NFD in marketed capsules. The current work presents an interactive response optimizer as an efficient platform to optimize, predict responses, and validate HPLC methodology with tolerable design space for assay in quality control laboratories. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

The Analysis of Fixed Final State Optimal Control in Bilinear System Applied to Bone Marrow by Cell-Cycle Specific (CCS) Chemotherapy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rainarli, E.; E Dewi, K.

2017-04-01

The research conducted by Fister & Panetta shown an optimal control model of bone marrow cells against Cell Cycle Specific chemotherapy drugs. The model used was a bilinear system model. Fister & Panetta research has proved existence, uniqueness, and characteristics of optimal control (the chemotherapy effect). However, by using this model, the amount of bone marrow at the final time could achieve less than 50 percent from the amount of bone marrow before given treatment. This could harm patients because the lack of bone marrow cells made the number of leukocytes declining and patients will experience leukemia. This research would examine the optimal control of a bilinear system that applied to fixed final state. It will be used to determine the length of optimal time in administering chemotherapy and kept bone marrow cells on the allowed level at the same time. Before simulation conducted, this paper shows that the system could be controlled by using a theory of Lie Algebra. Afterward, it shows the characteristics of optimal control. Based on the simulation, it indicates that strong chemotherapy drug given in a short time frame is the most optimal condition to keep bone marrow cells spine on the allowed level but still could put playing an effective treatment. It gives preference of the weight of treatment for keeping bone marrow cells. The result of chemotherapy’s effect (u) is not able to reach the maximum value. On the other words, it needs to make adjustments of medicine’s dosage to satisfy the final treatment condition e.g. the number of bone marrow cells should be at the allowed level.

Parametric design studies of toroidal magnetic energy storage units

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Herring, J. Stephen

Superconducting magnetic energy storage (SMES) units have a number of advantages as storage devices. Electrical current is the input, output and stored medium, allowing for completely solid-state energy conversion. The magnets themselves have no moving parts. The round trip efficiency is higher than those for batteries, compressed air or pumped hydro. Output power can be very high, allowing complete discharge of the unit within a few seconds. Finally, the unit can be designed for a very large number of cycles, limited basically by fatigue in the structural components. A small systems code was written to produce and evaluate self-consistent designs for toroidal superconducting energy storage units. The units can use either low temperature or high temperature superconductors. The coils have D shape where the conductor and its stabilizer/structure is loaded only in tension and the centering forces are borne by a bucking cylinder. The coils are convectively cooled from a cryogenic reservoir in the bore of the coils. The coils are suspended in a cylindrical metal shell which protects the magnet during rail, automotive or shipboard use. It is important to note that the storage unit does not rely on its surroundings for structural support, other than normal gravity and inertial loads. Designs are presented for toroidal energy storage units produced by the systems code. A wide range of several parameters have been considered, resulting in units storing from 1 MJ to 72 GJ. Maximum fields range from 5 T to 20 T. The masses and volumes of the coils, bucking cylinder, coolant, insulation and outer shell are calculated. For unattended use, the allowable operating time using only the boiloff of the cryogenic fluid for refrigeration is calculated. For larger units, the coils were divided into modules suitable for normal truck or rail transport.

Stratified and Maximum Information Item Selection Procedures in Computer Adaptive Testing

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Deng, Hui; Ansley, Timothy; Chang, Hua-Hua

2010-01-01

In this study we evaluated and compared three item selection procedures: the maximum Fisher information procedure (F), the a-stratified multistage computer adaptive testing (CAT) (STR), and a refined stratification procedure that allows more items to be selected from the high a strata and fewer items from the low a strata (USTR), along with…

75 FR 7293 - Temporary Agricultural Employment of H-2A Workers in the United States: 2010 Adverse Effect Wage...

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2010-02-18

... Workers' Meals, and Maximum Travel Subsistence Reimbursement AGENCY: Employment and Training... the new 2010 Adverse Effect Wage Rates (AEWRs) and the 2010 maximum allowable meal and travel..., and qualified and who will be available at the time and place needed to perform the labor or services...

24 CFR 880.503 - Maximum annual commitment and project account.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... may be contracted for in the ACC is the total of the contract rents and utility allowances for all... commitment exceeds the amount actually paid out under the Contract or ACC each year. Payments will be made... the Contract or ACC for a fiscal year exceeds the maximum annual commitment and would cause the amount...

24 CFR 880.503 - Maximum annual commitment and project account.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... may be contracted for in the ACC is the total of the contract rents and utility allowances for all... commitment exceeds the amount actually paid out under the Contract or ACC each year. Payments will be made... the Contract or ACC for a fiscal year exceeds the maximum annual commitment and would cause the amount...

46 CFR 130.140 - Steering on OSVs of 100 or more gross tons.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... maximum astern speed. (2) A hydraulic system with a maximum allowable working pressure of not more than 12... of this chapter; or (2) Requirements for a hydraulic-helm steering-system in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) Each hydraulic-helm steering-system must have the following: (1) A main steering gear of...

46 CFR 130.140 - Steering on OSVs of 100 or more gross tons.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... hydraulic-helm steering-system in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) Each hydraulic-helm steering-system... the vessel at every service speed without being damaged at maximum astern speed. (2) A hydraulic system with a maximum allowable working pressure of not more than 12,411 kPa (1,800 psi), dedicated to...

46 CFR 130.140 - Steering on OSVs of 100 or more gross tons.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... hydraulic-helm steering-system in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) Each hydraulic-helm steering-system... the vessel at every service speed without being damaged at maximum astern speed. (2) A hydraulic system with a maximum allowable working pressure of not more than 12,411 kPa (1,800 psi), dedicated to...

46 CFR 130.140 - Steering on OSVs of 100 or more gross tons.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... hydraulic-helm steering-system in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) Each hydraulic-helm steering-system... the vessel at every service speed without being damaged at maximum astern speed. (2) A hydraulic system with a maximum allowable working pressure of not more than 12,411 kPa (1,800 psi), dedicated to...

Four Stokes parameter radio frequency polarimetry of a flare from AD Leonis

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Spangler, S. R.; Rankin, J. M.; Shawhan, S. D.

1974-01-01

Observations of the four Stokes parameters of a 430 MHz flare from the UV Ceti-type star AD Leonis are presented. The maximum amplitude of the event was 0.52 flux units and the durations at one-half and one-tenth maximum were 12 and 40 seconds, respectively. The degree of circular polarization at maximum intensity was approximately 56 percent and was later observed to be as high as 92 percent. Linear polarization was also observed at a level of about 21 percent at flare maximum which allowed an upper limit of 440 radians - sq m to be placed on the rotation measure.

Effects of Compressibility on the Maximum Lift Characteristics and Spanwise Load Distribution of a 12-Foot-Span Fighter-Type Wing of NACA 230-Series Airfoil Sections

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

West, F E

1945-01-01

Lift characteristics and pressure distribution for a NACA 230 wing were investigated for an angle of attack range of from -10 to +24 degrees and Mach range of from 0.2 to 0.7. Maximum lift coefficient increased up to a Mach number of 0.3, decreased rapidly to a Mach number of 0.55, and then decreased moderately. At high speeds, maximum lift coefficient was reached at from 10 to 12 degrees beyond the stalling angle. In high-speed stalls, resultant load underwent a moderate shift outward.

Altitude-Test-Chamber Investigation of a Solar Afterburner on the 24C Engine I - Operational Characteristics and Altitude Limits

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1948-01-01

An altitude-test-chamber investigation was conducted to determine the operational characteristics and altitude blow-out limits of a Solar afterburner in a 24C engine. At rated engine speed and maximum permissible turbine-discharge temperature, the altitude limit as determined by combustion blow-out occurred as a band of unstable operation of about 8000 feet altitude in width with maximum altitude limits from 32,000 feet at a Mach number of 0.3 to about 42,000 feet at a Mach number of 1.0. The maximum fuel-air ratio of the afterburner, as limited by maximum permissible turbine-discharge gas temperatures at rated engine speed, varied between 0.0295 and 0.0380 over a range of flight Mach numbers from 0.25 to 1.0 and at altitudes of 20,000 and 30,000 feet. Over this range of operating conditions, the fuel-air ratio at which lean blow-out occurred was from 10 to 19 percent below these maximum fuel-air ratios. Combustion was very smooth and uniform during operation; however, ignition of the burner was very difficult throughout the investigation. A failure of the flame holder after 12 hours and 15 minutes of afterburner operation resulted in termination of the investigation.

49 CFR Appendix D to Part 230 - Civil Penalty Schedule

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION... allowable stress values on boiler components: (a) Use of materials not of sufficient tensile strength 1,000... in boiler calculations 2,000 4,000 230.25Maximum allowable stresses on stays and braces: (a...

49 CFR Appendix D to Part 230 - Civil Penalty Schedule

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION... allowable stress values on boiler components: (a) Use of materials not of sufficient tensile strength 1,000... in boiler calculations 2,000 4,000 230.25Maximum allowable stresses on stays and braces: (a...

49 CFR Appendix D to Part 230 - Civil Penalty Schedule

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION... allowable stress values on boiler components: (a) Use of materials not of sufficient tensile strength 1,000... in boiler calculations 2,000 4,000 230.25Maximum allowable stresses on stays and braces: (a...

49 CFR Appendix D to Part 230 - Civil Penalty Schedule

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION... allowable stress values on boiler components: (a) Use of materials not of sufficient tensile strength 1,000... in boiler calculations 2,000 4,000 230.25Maximum allowable stresses on stays and braces: (a...

24 CFR 965.505 - Standards for allowances for utilities.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... PHA installs air conditioning, it shall provide, to the maximum extent economically feasible, systems... systems that offer each resident the option to choose air conditioning shall include retail meters or... allowances. For systems that offer residents the option to choose air conditioning but cannot be checkmetered...

41 CFR 302-7.17 - Is the maximum weight allowance for HHG and temporary storage limited when quarters are furnished...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... and temporary storage that can be transported to that location. Only the authorized weight allowance that was shipped to the OCONUS location may be returned to CONUS upon completion of the tour of duty...

41 CFR 302-7.16 - Is the maximum weight allowance for HHG and temporary storage limited when quarters are furnished...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... and temporary storage that can be transported to that location. Only the authorized weight allowance that was shipped to the OCONUS location may be returned to CONUS upon completion of the tour of duty...

41 CFR 302-7.17 - Is the maximum weight allowance for HHG and temporary storage limited when quarters are furnished...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... and temporary storage that can be transported to that location. Only the authorized weight allowance that was shipped to the OCONUS location may be returned to CONUS upon completion of the tour of duty...

Dynamic testing of airplane shock-absorbing struts

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Langer, P; Thome, W

1932-01-01

Measurement of perpendicular impacts of a landing gear with different shock-absorbing struts against the drum testing stand. Tests were made with pneumatic shock absorbers having various degrees of damping, liquid shock absorbers, steel-spring shock absorbers and rigid struts. Falling tests and rolling tests. Maximum impact and gradual reduction of the impacts in number and time in the falling tests. Maximum impact and number of weaker impacts in rolling tests.

20 CFR 10.215 - How does OWCP compute the number of days of COP used?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... of days of COP used? COP is payable for a maximum of 45 calendar days, and every day used is counted toward this maximum. The following rules apply: (a) Time lost on the day or shift of the injury does not... 20 Employees' Benefits 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false How does OWCP compute the number of days of...

40 CFR Table C-1 to Subpart C of... - Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications C Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53 Protection of... Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Table C-1 Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53—Test Concentration Ranges...

40 CFR Table C-1 to Subpart C of... - Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications C Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53 Protection of... Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Table C-1 Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53—Test Concentration Ranges...

40 CFR Table C-1 to Subpart C of... - Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications C Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53 Protection of... Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Table C-1 Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53—Test Concentration Ranges...

40 CFR Table C-1 to Subpart C of... - Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Test Concentration Ranges, Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications C Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53 Protection of... Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Table C-1 Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53—Test Concentration Ranges...

Estimating the Maximum Magnitude of Induced Earthquakes With Dynamic Rupture Simulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gilmour, E.; Daub, E. G.

2017-12-01

Seismicity in Oklahoma has been sharply increasing as the result of wastewater injection. The earthquakes, thought to be induced from changes in pore pressure due to fluid injection, nucleate along existing faults. Induced earthquakes currently dominate central and eastern United States seismicity (Keranen et al. 2016). Induced earthquakes have only been occurring in the central US for a short time; therefore, too few induced earthquakes have been observed in this region to know their maximum magnitude. The lack of knowledge regarding the maximum magnitude of induced earthquakes means that large uncertainties exist in the seismic hazard for the central United States. While induced earthquakes follow the Gutenberg-Richter relation (van der Elst et al. 2016), it is unclear if there are limits to their magnitudes. An estimate of the maximum magnitude of the induced earthquakes is crucial for understanding their impact on seismic hazard. While other estimates of the maximum magnitude exist, those estimates are observational or statistical, and cannot take into account the possibility of larger events that have not yet been observed. Here, we take a physical approach to studying the maximum magnitude based on dynamic ruptures simulations. We run a suite of two-dimensional ruptures simulations to physically determine how ruptures propagate. The simulations use the known parameters of principle stress orientation and rupture locations. We vary the other unknown parameters of the ruptures simulations to obtain a large number of rupture simulation results reflecting different possible sets of parameters, and use these results to train a neural network to complete the ruptures simulations. Then using a Markov Chain Monte Carlo method to check different combinations of parameters, the trained neural network is used to create synthetic magnitude-frequency distributions to compare to the real earthquake catalog. This method allows us to find sets of parameters that are consistent with earthquakes observed in Oklahoma and find which parameters effect the rupture propagation. Our results show that the stress orientation and magnitude, pore pressure, and friction properties combine to determine the final magnitude of the simulated event.

Utility Tax Relief Program in the Netherlands

DTIC Science & Technology

2010-01-06

Management Command, Europe Region LQA Living Quarters Allowance VAT Value Added Tax INSPECTOR GENERAL DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 400 ARMY NAVY DRIVE...savings on their utility bills. However, for DOD civilians receiving Living Quarters Allowance ( LQA ),2 DOD realizes the cost savings through reduced... LQA payments, unless the civilian’s housing expenses exceed the maximum allowable LQA . 1 For the purpose of this report, DOD personnel refers to

Military Enlistment of Hispanic Youth. Obstacles and Opportunities

DTIC Science & Technology

2009-01-01

Weight, by Service, Height, and Gender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2.13. Allowable Body Fat Measurements, by Gender and...has higher minimum weight standards, as seen in Table 2.12. Applicants who exceed the maximum allowed weight are given a body- fat measurement to...determine if they exceed the allowable body- fat standards, as shown in Table 2.13. Despite having the most lenient weight standards, the Marine Corps has

The Shear Properties of Langmuir-Blodgett Layers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Briscoe, B. J.; Evans, D. C. B.

1982-04-01

The sliding friction between two highly oriented monolayers has been studied by using molecularly smooth mica substrates in the form of contacting orthogonal cylinders. The monolayers in the form of various normal alipathic carboxylic acids and their soaps were deposited with the aid of the Langmuir-Blodgett technique by transfer from aqueous substrates. The normal alkyl group has been varied in length from 14 to 22 methylene repeat units. Data are reported also on the influence of partial saponification of the carboxylic acid and fluorination of the alkyl chain. Most of the investigation has been confined to two contacting single monolayers although a limited amount of data is presented for multilayers sliding over one another. The character of the sliding motion depends not only on the machine but also on the monolayers, particularly their chemistry. Most of the monolayers studied provide a continuous rate of energy dissipation. However, a small number, such as certain soaps, show discontinuous or stick-slip motion. The experimental arrangement allows simultaneous measurement of the sliding frictional force, contact area and film thickness to be made during sliding. In some experiments this friction is the monotonic sliding friction but in others it is the mean maximum value during the stick phase. The film thickness measurement is accurate to 0.2 mm which allows a precise assessment of the shear plane during sliding. In all cases the monolayers and multilayers were found to be extremely durable and shear invariably occurred at the original interface between the monolayers. The sliding friction data are presented as the dynamic specific friction force or interface shear strength, and a number of contact variables have been examined. These include the applied normal load per unit contact area or mean contact pressure, the temperature and the sliding velocity. The interface shear strength is found, to a good approximation, to increase linearly with mean contact pressure but to decrease linearly with temperature in the ranges studied. The influence of sliding velocity is more complex. In the case where intermittent motion is detected the mean maximum values decrease linearly with the logarithm of the velocity.

46 CFR 64.5 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

..., excluding the allowance for corrosion and the thickness for loadings other than pressure, as provided for in the ASME Code. (e) Test pressure means a hydrostatic pressure of at least one and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure. (f) Dynamic loading conditions means the following: (1) A loading in...

46 CFR 64.5 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

..., excluding the allowance for corrosion and the thickness for loadings other than pressure, as provided for in the ASME Code. (e) Test pressure means a hydrostatic pressure of at least one and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure. (f) Dynamic loading conditions means the following: (1) A loading in...

46 CFR 64.5 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

..., excluding the allowance for corrosion and the thickness for loadings other than pressure, as provided for in the ASME Code. (e) Test pressure means a hydrostatic pressure of at least one and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure. (f) Dynamic loading conditions means the following: (1) A loading in...

46 CFR 64.5 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

..., excluding the allowance for corrosion and the thickness for loadings other than pressure, as provided for in the ASME Code. (e) Test pressure means a hydrostatic pressure of at least one and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure. (f) Dynamic loading conditions means the following: (1) A loading in...

Allowing for Correlations between Correlations in Random-Effects Meta-Analysis of Correlation Matrices

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Prevost, A. Toby; Mason, Dan; Griffin, Simon; Kinmonth, Ann-Louise; Sutton, Stephen; Spiegelhalter, David

2007-01-01

Practical meta-analysis of correlation matrices generally ignores covariances (and hence correlations) between correlation estimates. The authors consider various methods for allowing for covariances, including generalized least squares, maximum marginal likelihood, and Bayesian approaches, illustrated using a 6-dimensional response in a series of…

Did We Say That? Consumerism and Contract Law.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Nordin, Virginia Davis

1982-01-01

The dominant emerging concept in academic contract theory is that the student-college relationship is not a commercially binding contract but a more flexible quasi-contractual relationship. It allows the university maximum control of the relationship on a continuing basis, allows development of some student rights, and combines traditional and…

A Comparison of Wolf's Reconstructed Record of Annual Sunspot Number with Schwabe's Observed Record of 'Clusters of Spots' for the Interval of 1826-1868

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wilson, Robert M.

1997-01-01

On the basis of a comparison of Wolf s reconstructed record of yearly averages of sunspot number against Schwabe's observations of yearly counts of 'clusters of spots' (i.e., the yearly number of newly appearing sunspot groups) during the interval of 1826-1868, one infers that Wolf probably misplaced and underestimated the maximum amplitude for cycle 7. In particular, Schwabe's data suggest that the maximum amplitude for cycle 7 occurred in 1828 rather than in 1830 and that it measured about 86.3 (+/-13.9; i.e., the 90% confidence level) rather than 70.4. If true, then, the ascent and descent durations for cycle 7 should be 5 years each instead of 7 and 3 years, respectively. Likewise, on the basis of the same comparison, one infers that the maximums for cycles 8 and 9, occurring, respectively, in 1837 and 1848, were of comparable size (approximately 130), although, quite possibly, the one for cycle 8 may have been smaller. Lastly, presuming the continued action of the 'odd-even' effect (i.e., the odd-numbered following cycle of Hale even-odd cycle pairs having a maximum amplitude that is of comparable or larger size than the even-numbered leading cycle) during the earlier pre-modem era of cycles 6-9, one infers that Wolf's estimate for the size of cycle 6 probably is too low.

Use of Mass- and Area-Dimensional Power Laws for Determining Precipitation Particle Terminal Velocities.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mitchell, David L.

1996-06-01

Based on boundary layer theory and a comparison of empirical power laws relating the Reynolds and Best numbers, it was apparent that the primary variables governing a hydrometeor's terminal velocity were its mass, its area projected to the flow, and its maximum dimension. The dependence of terminal velocities on surface roughness appeared secondary, with surface roughness apparently changing significantly only during phase changes (i.e., ice to liquid). In the theoretical analysis, a new, comprehensive expression for the drag force, which is valid for both inertial and viscous-dominated flow, was derived.A hydrometeor's mass and projected area were simply and accurately represented in terms of its maximum dimension by using dimensional power laws. Hydrometeor terminal velocities were calculated by using mass- and area-dimensional power laws to parameterize the Best number, X. Using a theoretical relationship general for all particle types, the Reynolds number, Re, was then calculated from the Best number. Terminal velocities were calculated from Re.Alternatively, four Re-X power-law expressions were extracted from the theoretical Re-X relationship. These expressions collectively describe the terminal velocities of all ice particle types. These were parameterized using mass- and area-dimensional power laws, yielding four theoretically based power-law expressions predicting fall speeds in terms of ice particle maximum dimension. When parameterized for a given ice particle type, the theoretical fall speed power law can be compared directly with empirical fall speed-dimensional power laws in the literature for the appropriate Re range. This provides a means of comparing theory with observations.Terminal velocities predicted by this method were compared with fall speeds given by empirical fall speed expressions for the same ice particle type, which were curve fits to measured fall speeds. Such comparisons were done for nine types of ice particles. Fall speeds predicted by this method differed from those based on measurements by no more than 20%.The features that distinguish this method of determining fall speeds from others are that it does not represent particles as spheroids, it is general for any ice particle shape and size, it is conceptually and mathematically simple, it appears accurate, and it provides for physical insight. This method also allows fall speeds to be determined from aircraft measurements of ice particle mass and projected area, rather than directly measuring fall speeds. This approach may be useful for ice crystals characterizing cirrus clouds, for which direct fall speed measurements are difficult.

Contact Control, Version 1

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

von Sternberg, Alex

The contact control code is a generalized force control scheme meant to interface with a robotic arm being controlled using the Robot Operating System (ROS). The code allows the user to specify a control scheme for each control dimension in a way that many different control task controllers could be built from the same generalized controller. The input to the code includes maximum velocity, maximum force, maximum displacement, and a control law assigned to each direction and the output is a 6 degree of freedom velocity command that is sent to the robot controller.

A dedicated neonatal brain imaging system

PubMed Central

Winchman, Tobias; Padormo, Francesco; Teixeira, Rui; Wurie, Julia; Sharma, Maryanne; Fox, Matthew; Hutter, Jana; Cordero‐Grande, Lucilio; Price, Anthony N.; Allsop, Joanna; Bueno‐Conde, Jose; Tusor, Nora; Arichi, Tomoki; Edwards, A. D.; Rutherford, Mary A.; Counsell, Serena J.; Hajnal, Joseph V.

2016-01-01

Purpose The goal of the Developing Human Connectome Project is to acquire MRI in 1000 neonates to create a dynamic map of human brain connectivity during early development. High‐quality imaging in this cohort without sedation presents a number of technical and practical challenges. Methods We designed a neonatal brain imaging system (NBIS) consisting of a dedicated 32‐channel receive array coil and a positioning device that allows placement of the infant's head deep into the coil for maximum signal‐to‐noise ratio (SNR). Disturbance to the infant was minimized by using an MRI‐compatible trolley to prepare and transport the infant and by employing a slow ramp‐up and continuation of gradient noise during scanning. Scan repeats were minimized by using a restart capability for diffusion MRI and retrospective motion correction. We measured the 1) SNR gain, 2) number of infants with a completed scan protocol, and 3) number of anatomical images with no motion artifact using NBIS compared with using an adult 32‐channel head coil. Results The NBIS has 2.4 times the SNR of the adult coil and 90% protocol completion rate. Conclusion The NBIS allows advanced neonatal brain imaging techniques to be employed in neonatal brain imaging with high protocol completion rates. Magn Reson Med 78:794–804, 2017. © 2016 The Authors Magnetic Resonance in Medicine published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. This is an open access article under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution‐NonCommercial‐NoDerivs License, which permits use and distribution in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited, the use is non‐commercial and no modifications or adaptations are made. PMID:27643791

Attenuation Drift in the Micro-Computed Tomography System at LLNL

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Dooraghi, Alex A.; Brown, William; Seetho, Isaac

2016-01-12

The maximum allowable level of drift in the linear attenuation coefficients (μ) for a Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) micro-computed tomography (MCT) system was determined to be 0.1%. After ~100 scans were acquired during the period of November 2014 to March 2015, the drift in μ for a set of six reference materials reached or exceeded 0.1%. Two strategies have been identified to account for or correct the drift. First, normalizing the 160 kV and 100 kV μ data by the μ of water at the corresponding energy, in contrast to conducting normalization at the 160 kV energy only, significantlymore » compensates for measurement drift. Even after the modified normalization, μ of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) increases linearly with scan number at an average rate of 0.00147% per scan. This is consistent with PTFE radiation damage documented in the literature. The second strategy suggested is the replacement of the PTFE reference with fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP), which has the same effective atomic number (Ze) and electron density (ρe) as PTFE, but is 10 times more radiation resistant. This is important as effective atomic number and electron density are key parameters in analysis. The presence of a material with properties such as PTFE, when taken together with the remaining references, allows for a broad range of the (Ze, ρe) feature space to be used in analysis. While FEP is documented as 10 times more radiation resistant, testing will be necessary to assess how often, if necessary, FEP will need to be replaced. As radiation damage to references has been observed, it will be necessary to monitor all reference materials for radiation damage to ensure consistent x-ray characteristics of the references.« less

Measuring the drinking behaviour of individual pigs housed in group using radio frequency identification (RFID).

PubMed

Maselyne, J; Adriaens, I; Huybrechts, T; De Ketelaere, B; Millet, S; Vangeyte, J; Van Nuffel, A; Saeys, W

2016-09-01

Changes in the drinking behaviour of pigs may indicate health, welfare or productivity problems. Automated monitoring and analysis of drinking behaviour could allow problems to be detected, thus improving farm productivity. A high frequency radio frequency identification (HF RFID) system was designed to register the drinking behaviour of individual pigs. HF RFID antennas were placed around four nipple drinkers and connected to a reader via a multiplexer. A total of 55 growing-finishing pigs were fitted with radio frequency identification (RFID) ear tags, one in each ear. RFID-based drinking visits were created from the RFID registrations using a bout criterion and a minimum and maximum duration criterion. The HF RFID system was successfully validated by comparing RFID-based visits with visual observations and flow meter measurements based on visit overlap. Sensitivity was at least 92%, specificity 93%, precision 90% and accuracy 93%. RFID-based drinking duration had a high correlation with observed drinking duration (R 2=0.88) and water usage (R 2=0.71). The number of registrations after applying the visit criteria had an even higher correlation with the same two variables (R 2=0.90 and 0.75, respectively). There was also a correlation between number of RFID visits and number of observed visits (R 2=0.84). The system provides good quality information about the drinking behaviour of individual pigs. As health or other problems affect the pigs' drinking behaviour, analysis of the RFID data could allow problems to be detected and signalled to the farmer. This information can help to improve the productivity and economics of the farm as well as the health and welfare of the pigs.

76 FR 22880 - Notice of Commission Meeting and Public Hearing

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2011-04-25

... continue a TDS Determination that allows TDS effluent concentrations of up to 1,100 mg/l as a monthly average; 2,200 mg/l as a daily maximum; and 2,750 mg/l as an instantaneous maximum, via combined Outfall... requested that the intermittent discharge from Outfall 004 continue to have an effluent limit of 3,500 mg/l...

49 CFR 325.73 - Microphone distance correction factors. 1

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... factors. 1 1 Table 1, in § 325.7 is a tabulation of the maximum allowable sound level readings taking into... target point is other than 50 feet (15.2 m), the maximum observed sound level reading generated by the... observed sound level readings generated by the motor vehicle in accordance with § 325.59 of this part shall...

49 CFR 325.73 - Microphone distance correction factors. 1

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... factors. 1 1 Table 1, in § 325.7 is a tabulation of the maximum allowable sound level readings taking into... target point is other than 50 feet (15.2 m), the maximum observed sound level reading generated by the... observed sound level readings generated by the motor vehicle in accordance with § 325.59 of this part shall...

Aerodynamic Accounting Technique for Determining Effects of Nuclear Damage to Aircraft. Volume 2. Program User Guide

DTIC Science & Technology

1978-02-28

of type I). 2.6 (1,5) Interference factor 2.7 (1,6) Number of bodies of type I 2.8 (1,7)* Maximum cross -sectional area 2.9 (1,8...height, cross -sectional area, etc. listed for each body type describes a single body. The total number of bodies of each type must also be specified even...71+1) (1,6) Number of bodies of Type I (78+1) (1,7)** Maximum cross -sectional area (85+1) (1,8) Base atreamtube area (92+1) (119) Nose length

Liquid inflow to initially empty cylindrical tanks in low gravity

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Spuckler, C. M.

1972-01-01

An experimental investigation was performed to determine the characteristics of liquid inflow to initially empty cylindrical tanks in a low gravity environment. The acceleration was varied so that Bond numbers based on the inlet radius varied from 0.059 to 2.80. The liquid entered the tank as a jet that grew to a maximum height and then decreased in height with respect to the bottom of the tank, with the liquid from the jet collecting in the bottom of the tank. The maximum jet heights were correlated in terms of the Weber number and the Bond number.

Communication methods, systems, apparatus, and devices involving RF tag registration

DOEpatents

Burghard, Brion J [W. Richland, WA; Skorpik, James R [Kennewick, WA

2008-04-22

One technique of the present invention includes a number of Radio Frequency (RF) tags that each have a different identifier. Information is broadcast to the tags from an RF tag interrogator. This information corresponds to a maximum quantity of tag response time slots that are available. This maximum quantity may be less than the total number of tags. The tags each select one of the time slots as a function of the information and a random number provided by each respective tag. The different identifiers are transmitted to the interrogator from at least a subset of the RF tags.

Variation with Mach Number of Static and Total Pressures Through Various Screens

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Adler, Alfred A

1946-01-01

Tests were conducted in the Langley 24-inch highspeed tunnel to ascertain the static-pressure and total-pressure losses through screens ranging in mesh from 3 to 12 wires per inch and in wire diameter from 0.023 to 0.041 inch. Data were obtained from a Mach number of approximately 0.20 up to the maximum (choking) Mach number obtainable for each screen. The results of this investigation indicate that the pressure losses increase with increasing Mach number until the choking Mach number, which can be computed, is reached. Since choking imposes a restriction on the mass rate of flow and maximum losses are incurred at this condition, great care must be taken in selecting the screen mesh and wire dimmeter for an installation so that the choking Mach number is

Maximum number of children per sperm donor based on false paternity rate.

PubMed

Sánchez-Castelló, Isabel M; Gonzalvo, María C; Clavero, Ana; López-Regalado, María L; Mozas, Juan; Martínez-Granados, Luis; Navas, Purificación; Castilla, José A

2017-03-01

The aim of this study is to estimate the weight of each relevant factor in such unions of inadvertent consanguinity and to determine a "reasonable" limit for the number of children per donor, matching the probability of inadvertent consanguinity arising from the use of sperm donor in assisted reproduction with that of such a union arising from false paternity. In this study, we applied to Spanish data a mathematical model of consanguineous unions, taking into account the following factors: maximum number of live births/donor, fertility rate, average number of births per donor in a pregnancy, donor success rate, matings per phenotype, number of newborns/year, and number of donors needed in the population/year and births by false paternity. In Spain, the number of inadvertent unions between descendants of the same donor in Spain has been estimated at 0.4/year (one every two and a half years), although this frequency decreases as the reference population increases. On the other hand, the frequency of unions between family members due to false paternity has been estimated at 6.1/year. Thus, only 6% of such unions are due to the use of donor sperm. A total of 25 children per sperm donor are needed to align the probability of inadvertant consanguinity arising from the use of assisted reproduction with that due to false paternity. Therefore, we consider this number to be the maximum "reasonable" number of children born per donor in Spain.

Decentralized Routing and Diameter Bounds in Entangled Quantum Networks

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gyongyosi, Laszlo; Imre, Sandor

2017-04-01

Entangled quantum networks are a necessity for any future quantum internet, long-distance quantum key distribution, and quantum repeater networks. The entangled quantum nodes can communicate through several different levels of entanglement, leading to a heterogeneous, multi-level entangled network structure. The level of entanglement between the quantum nodes determines the hop distance, the number of spanned nodes, and the probability of the existence of an entangled link in the network. In this work we define a decentralized routing for entangled quantum networks. We show that the probability distribution of the entangled links can be modeled by a specific distribution in a base-graph. The results allow us to perform efficient routing to find the shortest paths in entangled quantum networks by using only local knowledge of the quantum nodes. We give bounds on the maximum value of the total number of entangled links of a path. The proposed scheme can be directly applied in practical quantum communications and quantum networking scenarios. This work was partially supported by the Hungarian Scientific Research Fund - OTKA K-112125.

Surface-Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy of Carbon Nanomembranes from Aromatic Self-Assembled Monolayers.

PubMed

Zhang, Xianghui; Mainka, Marcel; Paneff, Florian; Hachmeister, Henning; Beyer, André; Gölzhäuser, Armin; Huser, Thomas

2018-02-27

Surface-enhanced Raman scattering spectroscopy (SERS) was employed to investigate the formation of self-assembled monolayers (SAMs) of biphenylthiol, 4'-nitro-1,1'-biphenyl-4-thiol, and p-terphenylthiol on Au surfaces and their structural transformations into carbon nanomembranes (CNMs) induced by electron irradiation. The high sensitivity of SERS allows us to identify two types of Raman scattering in electron-irradiated SAMs: (1) Raman-active sites exhibit similar bands as those of pristine SAMs in the fingerprint spectral region, but with indications of an amorphization process and (2) Raman-inactive sites show almost no Raman-scattering signals, except a very weak and broad D band, indicating a lack of structural order but for the presence of graphitic domains. Statistical analysis showed that the ratio of the number of Raman-active sites to the total number of measurement sites decreases exponentially with increasing the electron irradiation dose. The maximum degree of cross-linking ranged from 97 to 99% for the three SAMs. Proof-of-concept experiments were conducted to demonstrate potential applications of Raman-inactive CNMs as a supporting membrane for Raman analysis.

Layer-Dependent Third-Harmonic Generation in Graphene

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yang, Hao; Guan, Honghua; Dadap, Jerry; Osgood, Richard; Richard Osgood Team

Graphene has become a subject of intense interest and study because of its remarkable 2D electronic properties. Multilayer graphene also offers an array of properties that are also of interest for optical physics and devices. Despite its second-order-nonlinear optical response is intrinsically weak, third-order nonlinear optical effects in graphene are symmetry-allowed thus leading to studies of several third-order process in few-layer graphene. In this work, we report third-harmonic generation in multilayer graphene mounted on fused silica and with thicknesses which approach the bulk continuum. THG signals show cubic power dependence with respect to the intensity of fundamental beam. Third-harmonic generation spectroscopy enables a good fit using linear optical detection, which shows strong contrast for different layer number graphene. The maximum THG efficiency appears at layer number around 30. Two models are used for describing this layer dependent phenomenon and shows absorption plays a key role in THG of multilayer graphene. This work also provides a new imaging technology for graphene detection and identification with better contrast and resolution. U.S. Department of Energy under Contract No. DE-FG 02-04-ER-46157.

Quantum money with nearly optimal error tolerance

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Amiri, Ryan; Arrazola, Juan Miguel

2017-06-01

We present a family of quantum money schemes with classical verification which display a number of benefits over previous proposals. Our schemes are based on hidden matching quantum retrieval games and they tolerate noise up to 23 % , which we conjecture reaches 25 % asymptotically as the dimension of the underlying hidden matching states is increased. Furthermore, we prove that 25 % is the maximum tolerable noise for a wide class of quantum money schemes with classical verification, meaning our schemes are almost optimally noise tolerant. We use methods in semidefinite programming to prove security in a substantially different manner to previous proposals, leading to two main advantages: first, coin verification involves only a constant number of states (with respect to coin size), thereby allowing for smaller coins; second, the reusability of coins within our scheme grows linearly with the size of the coin, which is known to be optimal. Last, we suggest methods by which the coins in our protocol could be implemented using weak coherent states and verified using existing experimental techniques, even in the presence of detector inefficiencies.

Loading of mass spectrometry ion trap with Th ions by laser ablation for nuclear frequency standard application.

PubMed

Borisyuk, Petr V; Derevyashkin, Sergey P; Khabarova, Ksenia Y; Kolachevsky, Nikolay N; Lebedinsky, Yury Y; Poteshin, Sergey S; Sysoev, Alexey A; Tkalya, Evgeny V; Tregubov, Dmitry O; Troyan, Viktor I; Vasiliev, Oleg S; Yakovlev, Valery P; Yudin, Valery I

2017-08-01

We describe an original multisectional quadrupole ion trap aimed to realize nuclear frequency standard based on the unique isomer transition in thorium nucleus. It is shown that the system effectively operates on Th + , Th 2+ and Th 3+ ions produced by laser ablation of metallic thorium-232 target. Laser intensity used for ablation is about 6 GW/cm 2 . Via applying a bias potential to every control voltage including the RF one, we are able not only to manipulate ions within the energy range as wide as 1-500 eV but to specially adjust trap potentials in order to work mainly with ions that belong to energy distribution maximum and therefore to effectively enhance the number of trapped ions. Measurement of energy distributions of 232 Th + , 232 Th 2+ , 232 Th 3+ ions obtained by laser ablation allows us to define optimal potential values for trapping process. Observed number of ions inside trap in dependence on trapping time is found to obey an unusually slow - logarithmic decay law that needs more careful study.

Application of a luminescent bacterial biosensor for the detection of tetracyclines in routine analysis of poultry muscle samples.

PubMed

Pikkemaat, M G; Rapallini, M L B A; Karp, M T; Elferink, J W A

2010-08-01

Tetracyclines are extensively used in veterinary medicine. For the detection of tetracycline residues in animal products, a broad array of methods is available. Luminescent bacterial biosensors represent an attractive inexpensive, simple and fast method for screening large numbers of samples. A previously developed cell-biosensor method was subjected to an evaluation study using over 300 routine poultry samples and the results were compared with a microbial inhibition test. The cell-biosensor assay yielded many more suspect samples, 10.2% versus 2% with the inhibition test, which all could be confirmed by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS). Only one sample contained a concentration above the maximum residue limit (MRL) of 100 microg kg(-1), while residue levels in most of the suspect samples were very low (<10 microg kg(-1)). The method appeared to be specific and robust. Using an experimental set-up comprising the analysis of a series of three sample dilutions allowed an appropriate cut-off for confirmatory analysis, limiting the number of samples and requiring further analysis to a minimum.

A Multilevel AR(1) Model: Allowing for Inter-Individual Differences in Trait-Scores, Inertia, and Innovation Variance.

PubMed

Jongerling, Joran; Laurenceau, Jean-Philippe; Hamaker, Ellen L

2015-01-01

In this article we consider a multilevel first-order autoregressive [AR(1)] model with random intercepts, random autoregression, and random innovation variance (i.e., the level 1 residual variance). Including random innovation variance is an important extension of the multilevel AR(1) model for two reasons. First, between-person differences in innovation variance are important from a substantive point of view, in that they capture differences in sensitivity and/or exposure to unmeasured internal and external factors that influence the process. Second, using simulation methods we show that modeling the innovation variance as fixed across individuals, when it should be modeled as a random effect, leads to biased parameter estimates. Additionally, we use simulation methods to compare maximum likelihood estimation to Bayesian estimation of the multilevel AR(1) model and investigate the trade-off between the number of individuals and the number of time points. We provide an empirical illustration by applying the extended multilevel AR(1) model to daily positive affect ratings from 89 married women over the course of 42 consecutive days.

Relationship of trade patterns of the Danish swine industry animal movements network to potential disease spread.

PubMed

Bigras-Poulin, Michel; Barfod, Kristen; Mortensen, Sten; Greiner, Matthias

2007-07-16

The movements of animals were analysed under the conceptual framework of graph theory in mathematics. The swine production related premises of Denmark were considered to constitute the nodes of a network and the links were the animal movements. In this framework, each farm will have a network of other premises to which it will be linked. A premise was a farm (breeding, rearing or slaughter pig), an abattoir or a trade market. The overall network was divided in premise specific subnets that linked the other premises from and to which animals were moved. This approach allowed us to visualise and analyse the three levels of organization related to animal movements that existed in the Danish swine production registers: the movement of animals between two premises, the premise specific networks, and the industry network. The analyses of animal movements were done using these three levels of organisation. The movements of swine were studied for the period September 30, 2002 to May 22, 2003. For daily movements of swine between two slaughter pig premises, the median number of pigs moved was 130 pigs with a maximum of 3306. For movements between a slaughter pig premise and an abattoir, the median number of pigs was 24. The largest percentage of movements was from farm to abattoir (82.5%); the median number of pigs per movement was 24 and the maximum number was 2018. For the whole period the median and maximum Euclidean distances observed in farm-to-farm movements were 22 km and 289 km respectively, while in the farm-to-abattoir movements, they were 36.2 km and 285 km. The network related to one specific premise showed that the median number of premises was mainly away from slaughter pig farms (3) or breeder farms (26) and mainly to an abattoir (1535). The assumption that animal movements can be randomly generated on the basis of farm density of the surrounding area of any farm is not correct since the patterns of animal movements have the topology of a scale-free network with a large degree of heterogeneity. This supported the opinion that the disease spread software assuming homogeneity in farm-to-farm relationship should only be used for large-scale interpretation and for epidemic preparedness. The network approach, based on graph theory, can be used efficiently to express more precisely, on a local scale (premise), the heterogeneity of animal movements. This approach, by providing network knowledge to the local veterinarian in charge of controlling disease spread, should also be evaluated as a potential tool to manage epidemics during the crisis. Geographic information systems could also be linked in the approach to produce knowledge about local transmission of disease.

Investigation of a high speed data handling system for use with multispectral aircraft scanners

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kelly, W. L.; Meredith, B. D.

1978-01-01

A buffer memory data handling technique for use with multispectral aircraft scanners is presented which allows digital data generated at high data rates to be recorded on magnetic tape. A digital memory is used to temporarily store the data for subsequent recording at slower rates during the passive time of the scan line, thereby increasing the maximum data rate recording capability over real-time recording. Three possible implementations are described and the maximum data rate capability is defined in terms of the speed capability of the key hardware components. The maximum data rates can be used to define the maximum ground resolution achievable by a multispectral aircraft scanner using conventional data handling techniques.

Wind tunnel investigation of three axisymmetric cowls of different lengths at Mach numbers from 0.60 to 0.92

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Re, Richard J.; Abeyounis, William K.

1993-01-01

Pressure distributions on three inlets having different cowl lengths were obtained in the Langley 16-Foot Transonic Tunnel. The cowl diameter ratio (highlight diameter to maximum diameter) was 0.85 and the cowl length ratios (cowl length to maximum diameter) were 0.337, 0.439, and 0.547. The cowls had identical nondimensionalized (with respect to cowl length) external geometry and identical internal geometry. The internal contraction ratio (highlight area to throat area) was 1.250. The inlets had longitudinal rows of static pressure orifices on the top and bottom (external) surfaces and on the contraction (internal) and diffuser surfaces. The afterbody was cylindrical in shape, and its diameter was equal to the maximum diameter of the cowl. Depending on the cowl configuration and free-stream Mach number, the mass-flow ratio varied between 0.27 and 0.87 during the tests. Angle of attack varied from 0 to 4.1 deg at selected Mach numbers and mass-flow ratios, and the Reynolds number varied with the Mach number from 3.2x10(exp 6) to 4.2x10(exp 6) per foot.

IMPULSIVE SPOT HEATING AND THERMAL EXPLOSION OF INTERSTELLAR GRAINS REVISITED

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ivlev, A. V.; Röcker, T. B.; Vasyunin, A.

The problem of the impulsive heating of dust grains in cold, dense interstellar clouds is revisited theoretically with the aim of better understanding the leading mechanisms of the explosive desorption of icy mantles. We rigorously show that if the heating of a reactive medium occurs within a sufficiently localized spot (e.g., the heating of mantles by cosmic rays (CRs)), then the subsequent thermal evolution is characterized by a single dimensionless number λ. This number identifies a bifurcation between two distinct regimes: when λ exceeds a critical value (threshold), the heat equation exhibits the explosive solution, i.e., the thermal (chemical) explosionmore » is triggered. Otherwise, thermal diffusion causes the deposited heat to spread over the entire grain—this regime is commonly known as whole-grain heating. The theory allows us to find a critical combination of physical parameters that govern the explosion of icy mantles due to impulsive spot heating. In particular, our calculations suggest that heavy CR species (e.g., iron ions) colliding with dust are able to trigger the explosion. Based on recently calculated local CR spectra, we estimate the expected rate of explosive desorption. The efficiency of the desorption, which in principle affects all solid species independent of their binding energy, is shown to be comparable to other CR desorption mechanisms typically considered in the literature. Also, the theory allows us to estimate the maximum abundances of reactive species that may be stored in the mantles, which provides important constraints on the available astrochemical models.« less

A simplified Protocol to Induce Callogenesis in Protoplasts of Date Palm (Phoenix dactylifera L.) Cultivars.

PubMed

Titouh, Khayreddine; Khelifi, Lakhdar; Slaoui, Majda; Boufis, Nazim; Morsli, Abdelkader; Hadj Moussa, Khadidja Titouh; Makhzoum, Abdullah

2015-03-01

In Algeria, date palm is currently confronted to the Bayoud disease. Biotechnological tools such as protoplastsfusion can appear as an alternative to ensure rapid multiplication and improvement of this species. Callogenesis induction in protoplasts isolated from embryogenic callus of three date palm cultivars. Some factors influencing the isolation and culture of protoplasts segregated from the calli of three date palm ( Phoenix dactylifera L.) cultivars (Deglet Nour, Akerbouch and Degla Beida) were studied. Protoplasts of each cultivar were cultured on a semi-solid medium supplemented with various hormonal balances. Maceration with an enzymatic solution containing 1.5% cellulase and 1% macerozyme R10 in the presence of 0.5 M mannitol for more than 16 h with gentle agitation allows isolation of a great number of viable protoplasts. In addition, purification of protoplasts on a cushion of 21 or 25% sucrose was effective in cell debris removal and maximum recovery. The culture of isolated protoplasts on a semi-solidified Murashige and Skoog medium, with 0.3% agarose, 2 mg. L -1 2,4-D and 0.5 mg.L -1 BAP allowed good viable protoplast maintenance as well as cell wall regeneration. After more than two months of culture, cell divisions were still occurring and microcalli became visible to the naked eye, containing a large number of cells. The developed protocol can be useful for application of somatic hybridization to improve date palm cultivars.